1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Ricoh Manuals
  4. Copier
  5. B003
  6. Service manual

Ricoh B003 Service Manual

Hide thumbs Also See for B003:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Table Of Contents
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
Table of Contents

Advertisement

Quick Links

Download this manual
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA
B003/B004/B006/B007
SERVICE MANUAL
001124MIU
RICOH GROUP COMPANIES
CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Related Manuals for Ricoh B003

Summary of Contents for Ricoh B003

  • Page 1 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B003/B004/B006/B007 SERVICE MANUAL 001124MIU RICOH GROUP COMPANIES CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 3 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA ® ® RICOH GROUP COMPANIES CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 5 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B003/B004/B006/B007 SERVICE MANUAL 001124MIU CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 7 No such use, or the use of any trade name, or web site is intended to convey endorsement or other affiliation with Ricoh products.     2001 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved. CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 8 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 9 Ricoh Corporation. Users of this manual should be either service trained or certified by successfully completing a Ricoh Technical Training Program. Untrained uncertified users utilizing...
  • Page 10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 11 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LEGEND PRODUCT CODE COMPANY GESTETNER RICOH SAVIN B003 3502 Aficio 1035 2535 B004 4502 Aficio 1045 2545 B006 3502p Aficio 1035P 2535p B007 4502p Aficio 1045P 2545p DOCUMENTATION HISTORY REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS 4/2001 Original Printing CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 13: Table Of Contents

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 04/2002 B003/B004/B006/B007 TABLE OF CONTENTS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE........... 1-1 1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ............1-1 1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT ................1-2 1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL ................1-2 1.1.3 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS..........1-3 1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS ..............1-3 1.1.5 INSTALLABLE OPTION TABLE ............1.4 1.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART ..............1-5...
  • Page 14 3.9.8 SCANNER MOTOR................3-15 3.9.9 LAMP STABILIZER AND SCANNER MOTOR DRIVE BOARD ..3-16 3.9.10 SCANNER WIRE................3-17 3.10 LASER UNIT ..................3-21 3.10.1 CAUTION DECAL LOCATIONS ...........3-21 3.10.2 LASER UNIT ................3-22 3.10.3 POLYGON MIRROR MOTOR ............3-23 3.10.4 LASER SYNCHRONIZATION DETECTOR........3-24 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 15 3.16.2 BY-PASS PAPER FEED AND PICK-UP ROLLER REPLACEMENT ................3-58 3.16.3 BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER REPLACEMENT ....3-59 3.16.4 PAPER END SENSOR AND PICK-UP SOLENOID REPLACEMENT ................3-60 3.16.5 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BOARD REPLACEMENT .......3-61 3.16.6 BY-PASS TABLE REMOVAL ............3-62 3.16.7 PAPER FEED CLUTCH REPLACEMENT........3-63 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 16 4.2 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS ..........4-16 4.2.1 SENSORS ..................4-16 4.2.2 SWITCHES..................4-17 4.3 BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS ..............4-18 4.4 LEDS .......................4-18 4.5 TEST POINTS ..................4-18 SERVICE TABLES 5. SERVICE TABLES..............5-1 5.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE..............5-1 5.1.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE OPERATION........5-1 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 17 Executing Detailed Self-Diagnosis............5-68 5.5 USER PROGRAM MODE ...............5-70 5.5.1 HOW TO USE UP MODE...............5-70 UP Mode Initial Screen: User Tools/Counter Display......5-70 System Settings..................5-70 Copier/Document Server Features .............5-71 Printer, Facsimile, Scanner Settings ...........5-71 Counter ....................5-72 5.6 DIP SWITCHES..................5-73 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 18 Photo Mode ..................6-24 Pale (Low-Density Mode)..............6-25 Generation Copy Mode...............6-26 Auto shading (shading correction) ............6-27 Background erase................6-27 Independent dot erase ................6-28 Filtering ....................6-29 Pre-Filter .....................6-29 Text Mode...................6-30 Photo Mode ..................6-31 Text/Photo Mode ................6-32 Low Density Mode ................6-33 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 19 6.10.2 TONER RECYCLING ..............6-55 6.11 PAPER FEED..................6-56 6.11.1 OVERVIEW ..................6-56 6.11.2 PAPER FEED DRIVE ..............6-57 6.11.3 PICK-UP AND SEPARATION ROLLER RELEASE MECHANISM6-57 6.11.4 PAPER LIFT .................6-58 6.11.5 PAPER END DETECTION ............6-59 6.11.6 PAPER REGISTRATION..............6-59 6.11.7 PAPER SIZE DETECTION............6-60 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 20 RETURN TO STAND-BY MODE ..............6-82 6.16.3 AUTO OFF MODE ...................6-83 ENTERING OFF STAND-BY AND OFF MODES ..........6-83 OFF STAND-BY MODE.................6-83 OFF MODE ....................6-83 RETURNING TO STAND-BY MODE.............6-83 SPECIFICATIONS 7. SPECIFICATIONS................ 7-1 7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS..............7-1 7.2 MACHINE CONFIGURATION ..............7-3 B003/B004/B006/B007 viii CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 21 4.4.1 PICK AND SEPARATION...............8-19 4.4.2 ORIGINAL SKEW CORRECTION ..........8-20 4.4.3 REDUCING THE INTERVAL BETWEEN PAGES ......8-20 4.5 ORIGINAL TRANSPORT AND EXIT............8-21 4.5.1 SINGLE-SIDED ORIGINALS............8-21 4.5.2 DOUBLE-SIDED ORIGINALS ............8-22 4.6 STAMP ....................8-23 4.7 DF70 SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY……………………………8-24 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 22 4.2.1 PAPER FEED, SEPARATION, AND PICK-UP ROLLERS .....9-11 Pick-up Roller ..................9-11 Paper Feed Roller................9-11 Separation Roller ................9-11 4.3 TRAY LIFT AND PAPER END SENSOR REPLACEMENT.....9-12 Tray Lift Sensor ..................9-12 Paper End Sensor ................9-12 4.4 RELAY SENSOR REPLACEMENT............9-13 4.5 SIDE FENCE POSITION CHANGE............9-14 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 23 3.8 PAPER HEIGHT DETECTION ..............10-17 4. SPECIFICATIONS..............10-18 BRIDGE UNIT A688 1. OVERALL MACHINE INFORMATION ........11-1 1.1 SPECIFICATIONS...................11-1 1.2 MECHANICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT ..........11-2 1.3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT...........11-3 1.4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DESCRIPTION.........11-3 1.5 DRIVE LAYOUT ..................11-4 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 24 No staple mode...................13-7 2.2 JOGGER UNIT PAPER POSITIONING MECHANISM......13-8 2.3 EXIT GUIDE PLATE OPEN/CLOSE MECHANISM.........13-9 2.4 STAPLER ....................13-10 2.5 FEED OUT MECHANISM ..............13-11 2.6 SHIFT TRAY UP/DOWN MECHANISM ..........13-12 2.7 SHIFT TRAY SIDE-TO-SIDE MECHANISM..........13-13 2.8 JAM CONDITIONS................13-14 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 25 1.12 STAPLER UNIT..................14-9 1.13 STAPLER ROTATION HP SENSOR.............14-9 1.14 TRAY 1 INTERIOR................14-10 1.14.1 TRAY 1 COVERS ...............14-10 tray Shift Sensors and tray release sensor ........14-11 1.14.3 TRAY 1 SHIFT MOTOR .............14-11 1.14.4 BACK FENCE LOCK CLUTCH ..........14-11 xiii B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 26 4.7 STAPLER MECHANISM ...............14-30 4.7.1 STAPLER MOVEMENT..............14-30 Stapler Rotation ................14-30 Side-to-Side Movement ..............14-30 4.7.2 STAPLER ..................14-31 4.7.3 FEED OUT AND TRANSPORT ............14-32 4.8 PUNCH UNIT (OPTIONAL) ..............14-33 4.8.1 PUNCH DRIVE MECHANISM ............14-33 4.8.2 PUNCH WASTE COLLECTION ...........14-34 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 27 AND TRAY EXIT SENSOR ............15-23 Paper Overflow Sensor..............15-23 Paper Sensor..................15-23 Tray Exit Sensor (above the 1st tray, and in the 3rd, 6th, and 9th trays)..................15-23 4.2.3 MAIN CONTROL BOARD ............15-24 4.2.4 TRAY EXIT SENSOR ADJUSTMENT ..........15-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev10/2003 SERVICE TABLES ....................15-27 5.1 DIP SWITCHES/VRIABLE RESISTORS/LEDS ............... 15-27 5.1.1 DIP SWITCHES ...................... 15-27 5.1.2 VARIABLE RESISTORS..................15-28 5.1.3 LEDS........................15-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 29 3.3 SCANNER SERVICE MODE..............3-3 3.3.1 SCANNER PROGRAM MODE TABLE..........3-3 3.4 FIRMWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE............3-11 3.5 POWER-ON SELF TEST ................3-11 3.6 SELF DIAGNOSTIC TEST ..............3-11 3.7 USER PROGRAM MODE ...............3-12 3.7.1 PRINTER USER PROGRAM MODE..........3-12 3.7.2 SCANNER USER PROGRAM MODE ..........3-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 30: Specifications

    4.6 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE HISTORY……………………………………..4-12 4.6.1 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY………...…4-12 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS................5-1 1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS..............5-1 1.1 PRINTER.....................5-1 1.2 SCANNER ...................5-3 2 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES ..............5-4 2.1 PRINTER.....................5-4 2.2 SCANNER ...................5-5 3 MEACHINE CONFIGURATION..............5-6 3.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS ..............5-6 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 31 2.3.4 FAX SC CODE TABLE ..............2-16 2.4 ISDN TEST FUNCTION ................2-17 2.4.1 LEDS ....................2-17 2.4.2 BACK-TO-BACK TEST..............2-18 SERVICE TABLES 3. SERVICE TABLES............... 3-1 3.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE..............3-1 3.1.1 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE OPERATION........3-1 3.1.2 SERVICE PROGRAM MODE TABLES ..........3-4 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 32 4.4.4 LAN FAX DRIVER ................4-18 4.5 FIRMWARE HISTORY…………………………………………………………4-20 4.5.1 FAX OPTION FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY……………..4-20 4.6 SOFTWARE HISTORY.………………………………………………………..4-22 4.6.1 FAX OPTION SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY…………………4-22 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ................5-1 1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ..............5-1 2 CAPABILITIES OF PROGRAMMABLE ITEMS ..........5-3 3 MACHINE CONFIGURATION..............5-4 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 33 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICES PREVENTION OF PHYSICAL INJURY 1. Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure that the copier power cord is unplugged. 2. The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible. 3.
  • Page 34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 1. SAFETY AND ECOLOGICAL NOTES FOR DISPOSAL Do not incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when exposed to an open flame. 2. Dispose of used toner, developer, and organic photoconductors in accordance with local regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.) 3.
  • Page 35 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY A683 INSTALLATION B361/B362 INSTALLATION B360 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE B003/B004/B006/B007 PAPER TRAY UNIT A862 TROUBLESHOOTING B361/B362 TROUBLESHOOTING B360 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT B003/B004/B006/B007 BRIDGE UNIT A688/B397 SERVICE TABLES B361/B362 SERVICE TABLES B360 TROUBLESHOOTING B003/B004/B006/B007 1 BIN TRAY B376 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS B361/B360...
  • Page 36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 37 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA INSTALLATION CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 39: Installation Procedure

    “Rating Voltage of Output Connector, Max. DC24 V” Scanner Unit “Rating Voltage of Output Connector, Max. DC24 V” Finisher “Rating Voltage of Output Connector, Max. DC24 V” B004I016.WMF “Rating Voltage of Output Connector, Max. DC24 V” B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 40: Environment

    5 mm (0.2"). 10. Do not place the machine where it may be subjected to strong vibrations. 1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL Front to back: Within 5 mm (0.2") of level Right to left: Within 5 mm (0.2") of level B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 41: Minimum Space Requirements

    3. Be sure to ground the machine. 1. Input voltage level: North America 120 V, 60 Hz: More than 12 A Europe/Asia 220V~240V, 50Hz/60Hz: more than 8A 2. Permissible voltage fluctuation: ±10 % 3. Never set anything on the power cord. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 42: Installable Option Table

    1.1.5 INSTALLABLE OPTION TABLE System Options ~ ~ ~ ~ = Standard, } = Available, ² = Requires another option, X = Not available Option B003/B004 B006/B007 Notes ARDF – DF70 Paper Tray Unit - PS360 Console (Cabinet) FAC 18 One Bin Tray –...

  • Page 43: Installation Flow Chart

    Install the remaining options in any order B004I510.WMF Bridge Unit: Needed for the finishers and external output tray. Paper Tray Unit: Needed for LCT and finishers. Other requirements: See Overall Machine Information – Installation Option Table. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 44: Main Machine Installation

    (-15, -17, -19, -21, -26, -29, -55, -57, -66 machines) 8. Operation Instructions – Copy Reference......1 (-14, -15, -17, -19, -21, -26, -29, -55, -57, -66 machines) 9. EU Safety Information (-22, -27, -26, -24)......1 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 45: Installation Procedure

    NOTE: If the paper tray unit is to be installed, do this now. (☛ 1.4) 5. If the paper tray unit is not to be installed, install the middle front cover [E] (provided in the second paper tray). B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 46: Development Unit And Pcu

    4. Slowly slide out the PCU [E] and place it on a clean flat surface. 5. Remove the three clamps and wire [F]. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 47 7. Slide the development unit [A] out and place it on the paper. 8. Remove the tape and tag [B] from the development unit 9. Remove the entrance seal plate [C] (" x2). B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 48 4) Continue to turn the drive gear until the developer is even with the top of the unit. 12. Reassemble the development unit. NOTE: Make sure that the earth plate [D] is positioned correctly. 13. Re-install the development unit and PCU. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 49: Toner Bottle

    4. Push the toner bottle holder into the main machine until it locks in place, and then lower the holder lever to secure the toner bottle. NOTE: The holder lever cannot be lowered unless the toner bottle is installed. 1-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 50: Paper Trays

    3. Press in on the sides of the fence release [C], and slide the side fences to the appropriate mark for the paper size, and then load the paper. 4. Press down on the left side of the lock [D] to lock the side fences. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 51 8. Paper size decals are also used for the optional paper tray unit. Keep any remaining decals for use with the paper tray unit. 9. Repeat this procedure to load paper in the 2nd paper tray. 1-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 52: Initialize Td Sensor And Developer

    8. Press SP Direct to highlight “SP Direct” and enter 2805, press $, and then press Execute on the touch-panel. This initializes the developer. 9. Press Exit twice to return to the copy window. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 53: Set Paper Size For Paper Trays

    NOTE: The test pattern print procedure is slightly different for this machine. Use SP2-902 and select 2 for the IPU Test Print or 3 for the Print Test Patterns. (☛ Chapter 5, 5.1.3 Test Pattern Printing) 1-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 54: Electrical Total Counter

    NOTE: This procedure has an affect only once, when the counter is a minus (“−“)value. 10 mm (0.4") 25 mm (1.0") B004I017.WMF B004I018.WMF HDD Caution Decal (for only NA models) 1. Attach the HDD Caution decal [A] to the front cover. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 55: Paper Tray Unit Installation

    1. Knob Screw – M3 ..............1 2. Knob Screw – M4 ..............1 3. Joint Bracket ................1 4. Front Stand ................1 5. Rear Stand................1 6. Stand Bracket ................ 1 7. NECR..................1 8. Installation Procedure ............1 1-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 56: Installation Procedure

    Switch off the main machine and unplug its power cord before starting the following procedure. 1. Unpack the paper tray unit and remove all tape [A] and shipping retainers. 2. Remove the paper trays [B]. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 57 9. Secure the joint bracket [H] (! x 1). 10. Remove the connector cover [I] of the main machine (! x1). 11. Connect the paper tray unit harness [J] to the main machine and re-attach the connector cover. 1-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 58 " the other end round to 13. Install the stand bracket [C]. NOTE: The stand bracket must be installed on the left side in order to allow installation of the Two-Tray Finisher. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 59 15. Attach the appropriate tray decals [D] provided in the accessory box for the main machine. 16. Turn on the machine main power switch. 17. Enter the paper size for each paper tray using the UP mode. 18. Check the machine’s operation and copy quality. 1-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 60: 1-Bin Tray Unit Installation

    7. Screw –M3x8 ................. 2 8. Screw – M4x7 ................ 1 9. Tapping Screw – M3x6 ............2 10. Tapping Screw – M3x14 ............1 11. Tapping Screw – M3x8 ............1 12. Installation Procedure ............1 B003/B004/B006/B007 1-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 61: Installation Procedure

    NOTE: If the ARDF is installed, remove the ARDF before removing the scanner unit. 1) Remove the connector cover [A]. 2) Disconnect the scanner cable [B]. 3) Remove the scanner unit [C] (! x 3). 1-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 62 6. Trim the edges so they are smooth. 7. Install the base cover [E] (! x 3: stepped screw). 8. Set the 1-bin tray unit [F] on the base cover and slide it onto the heads of the stepped screws. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 63 11. Install the grounding bracket [C] (! x 2: M3x6). 12. Connect the harness [D]. 13. Install the connector cover [E] (! x 1: M3x8) 14. Re-install the front bracket [F] (! x 2: M4x7, M4x10) and the rear bracket [G] (! x1 M4x10). 1-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 64 3) Attach the copy tray [C] to the stepped screws. Bridge Unit (B397) installed: 1) Open the cover of the bridge unit [D]. 2) Install the copy tray bracket [E] (! x1: tapping screw). 3) Install the copy tray [F] (" x 1). B003/B004/B006/B007 1-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 65 18. Raise the scanner stand until the next set of screw holes in the main frame can be seen through the screw holes in the scanner stand. 19. Secure the stand and install the cover [D] (! x1). 1-27 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 66 20. Attach two mylar strips [A] to the scanner stand [B]. 21. Reinstall the scanner stand cover. 22. Reinstall the scanner unit. 23. Turn on the main switch and check the 1-bin tray unit operation. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 67: Bridge Unit Installation

    Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list: Description Q’ty 1. Stepped Screw ..............2 2. Connector Cover..............1 3. Exit Mylar ................2 4. Installation Procedure ............1 1-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 68: Installation Procedure

    If the optional external output tray (A825) will be installed (instead of a finisher), do Step 4. 4. Remove the two small covers [D]. 5. Remove the cover [E] (! x1) 6. Remove the cap [F]. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 69 10. Connect the bridge unit I/F harnesses [D] (# x2). 11. Install the connector cover [E]. 12. Turn on the main switch and check the bridge unit operation (make sure that there are no paper jams). 1-31 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 70: 1000-Sheet Finisher Installation

    Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list: Description Q’ty 1. Front Stand................1 2. Rear Stand ................1 3. Knob Screw .................1 4. Screw - M4x12..............6 5. NECR (-17 machine) ............1 6. Installation Procedure ............1 B003/B004/B006/B007 1-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 71: Installation Procedure

    Switch off the main machine and unplug its power cord before starting the following procedure. NOTE: The bridge unit (B397) and paper tray unit (A682) must be installed before installing this finisher. 1. Unpack the finisher and remove the tapes and retainers. 1-33 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 72 6. Remove the locking lever [E] (! x1). 7. Align the finisher on the stands, and lock it in place by pushing the locking lever. 8. Secure the locking lever (! x1) and push the stapler unit into the finisher. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 73 NOTE: Make sure that the three pegs [D] fit into the slots [E] properly. 12. Connect the finisher cable [F] to the main machine. 13. Turn on the main power switch and check the finisher operation. 1-35 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 74: Two-Tray Finisher Installation

    1. Front Joint Bracket..............1 2. Rear Joint Bracket ..............1 3. Shift Tray ................2 4. Screw – M3x6 ................ 2 5. Screw – M4x14 ..............4 6. Lower Ground Plate............... 1 7. Installation Procedure ............1 B003/B004/B006/B007 1-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 75: Installation Procedure

    (☛ 1.4, 1.6) 1. Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and shipping retainers from outside the unit. 2. Open the front door [A] and remove all tapes and shipping materials from inside the finisher unit. 1-37 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 76 6. Push the finisher to the side of the machine with the holes in the finisher aligned with the joint brackets, and then dock the finisher against the machine. 7. Push in the locking lever and secure it (! x1), then close the front door. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 77 10. Turn on the main switch and check the finisher operation. NOTE: When moving the finisher to a new location, if you wish to put the finisher back in the original carton, change the DIP switch settings. See DIP Switches in the finisher service manual. 1-39 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 78: Punch Unit Installation

    Q’ty 1. Punch unit................1 2. Sensor arm ................1 3. Hopper...................1 4. Step screw ................1 5. Spring ..................1 6. Spacer (2 mm) ...............1 7. Spacer (1 mm) ...............1 8. Tapping screw ...............1 9. Tapping screw ...............2 B003/B004/B006/B007 1-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 79: Installation Procedure

    1. Unpack the punch unit and remove all tapes and shipping retainers. 2. Open the front door and remove the rear cover [A] (! x4). 3. Remove the bracket [B] (! x2) and paper guide [C] (! x 1). 1-41 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 80 5. Install the sensor bracket [B] (stepped ! x 1). 6. Install the spring [C]. 7. Install the 2 mm spacer [D]. 8. Install the punch unit [E] (! x 2, stepped ! x 1) B003/B004/B006/B007 1-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 81 11. Fasten the two 1 mm spacers [C] to the rear frame for future adjustment. NOTE: The spacers are used to adjust the horizontal positioning of the holes. 12. Reassemble the finisher and check the punch operation. 1-43 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 82: Auto Reverse Document Feeder Installation

    1.10.1 ACCESSORY CHECK Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list: Description Q’ty 1. Stepped Screw ..............2 2. Screw – M4x10 ..............2 3. Installation Procedure ............1 B003/B004/B006/B007 1-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 83: Installation Procedure

    3. Mount the ARDF by aligning the screw keyholes [B] of the ARDF support plate over the stud screws, and slide the ARDF toward the front of the machine. NOTE: To avoid damaging the ARDF, hold it as shown in the illustration. 4. Secure the ARDF [C] (! x2). 1-45 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 84 5. Connect the I/F cable [A] (# x1) to the main machine. 6. Turn on the main switch. 7. Check the ARDF operation and copy quality. Be sure to check and adjust the registration for the ARDF with SP 6006. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 85: Lct Installation

    Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list: Description Q’ty 1. Joint Pin ................. 2 2. Stepped Screw M3x18............4 3. Magnet Cover ................ 1 4. NECR (-17, -27 machines)............. 1 5. Installation Procedure ............1 1-47 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 86: Installation Procedure

    3. Open the lower right cover [B] and cut the holding band [C]. NOTE: When cutting the holding band, the upper part of the band should be cut as shown. Otherwise, paper jams may occur. 4. Remove the right lower cover. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 87 8. Hang the LCT [C] on the joint pins, then secure the brackets [D] (! x4). 9. Return the LCT to the previous position and connect the LCT cable [E]. 10. Open the LCT cover and load the paper. 11. Turn on the ac switch and check the LCT operation. 1-49 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 88: Platen Cover Installation

    A683125.WMF 1. Install [A] (! x2) on the top cover as shown. 2. Position the platen cover bracket [B] on the heads of the stud screws and slide the platen cover [C] to the left. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 89: Key Counter Installation

    3. Attach the key counter cover [D] (! x2). 4. Remove the connector cover [E]. 5. Remove the knockout [F] from the connector cover. 6. Remove the rear upper cover [G] (! x4) and left corner cover [H] (! x2). 1-51 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 90 Otherwise, the key counter assembly may come off easily. ⇒ 11. Set “User Tools”, “System Settings”, “Key Operator Tools”, and “Key Counter Management” to restrict access to each available function mode. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 91: Anti-Condensation Heater

    5. Lift the harness guide [D] B004I205.WMF 6. Install the heater brackets [E] (! x2, M3x6). NOTE: Use the screws already attached at the same position. 7. Install the heater [F] (! x2, M4x6) and route the harness. B004I206.WMF 1-53 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 92 NOTE: Do not remove the ground wire from the ac outlet. 13. Install the ac outlet. 14. Install the ground wire [N] (! x1, M4x6). 15. Re-install the rear cover, rear lower cover. B004I209.WMF 16. Connect the harness [O]. B004I210.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 1-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 93: Tray Heater

    5. Install the heater assembly [D] (! x1). 6. Install the harness clamp [E]. 7. Fasten the harness [F] with the clamp. 8. Route the heater harness [G] and connect it to the ac harness [H]. 1-55 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 94: Tray Heater (Optional Paper Tray Unit)

    4. Remove the upper and lower paper trays of the optional paper tray unit. 5. Install the heater assembly [D] (! x1). 6. Install four harness clamps [E]. 7. Route the harness [F] and connect it to the harness [G] and heater harness [H]. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 95: Optional User Account Enhancement Unit

    OPTIONAL USER ACCOUNT ENHANCEMENT UNIT ⇒ 1.17 OPTIONAL USER ACCOUNT ENHANCEMENT UNIT 1. Remove the controller PCB. 2. Install the user account enhancement unit (NVRAM) into IC 10 socket on the controller PCB. 3. Re-install the controller PCB. 1-57 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 96 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 97: Preventive Maintenance

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 98 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 99: Preventive Maintenance Schedule

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PM TABLE 2. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE 2.1 PM TABLE NOTE: Amounts mentioned as the PM interval indicate the number of prints. Symbol key: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricate, I: Inspect B003/B004B006/B007 150K 300K 450K NOTE SCANNER/OPTICS...
  • Page 100 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PM TABLE B003/B004B006/B007 150K 300K 450K NOTE DEVELOPMENT UNIT Development Drive Gears Development Filter Developer Entrance Seal Side Seal Development Roller Dry cloth PAPER FEED Registration Roller Water or alcohol. Paper Feed Roller Check counter value for each (SP7-204).
  • Page 101 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PM TABLE B003/B004B006/B007 150K 300K 450K NOTE FUSING UNIT AND PAPER EXIT Fusing Entrance and Water or alcohol. Exit Guide Plates Hot Roller Pressure Roller Fusing Thermistors Cleaning Roller Water or alcohol. Cleaning Roller Grease: Barrierta JFE 55/2...
  • Page 102 150K 300K 450K NOTE 1-BIN TRAY UNIT Rollers Dry or damp cloth Copy Tray Dry or damp cloth Sensors Blower brush Note: Lubricate the paper feed clutch gear [A] with Silicone Grease G501 every P.M. A689D500.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 103: Replacement And Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 104 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 105: General Cautions

    5. After replacing the LD unit, do the laser beam pitch adjustment. Otherwise, an SC condition will be generated. 3.1.2 USED TONER 1. Dispose of used toner in accordance with local regulations. Never throw toner into an open flame, for toner dust may ignite. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 106: Special Tools And Lubricants

    Test Chart – S5S (10 pcs/Set) G0219350 Parallel Loopback Connector 3.2.2 LUBRICANTS Part Number Description Q’ty A2579300 Grease Barrierta S552R ⇒ 52039502 Silicone Grease G-501 3.2.3 SYMBOLS USED IN TEXT Screw: Connector: C-clamp (snap ring): E-clamp: B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 107: Front Door

    1. Connector cover [A] (! x1) 2. Duplex connectors [B] (" x2) 3. Duplex support arm [C] (# x1) 4. Duplex unit [D] NOTE: Grip the duplex unit with both hands, slowly rotate it towards you and then lift up. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 108: Upper Right Cover

    1. Duplex Unit (☛ 3.4) 2. Transfer belt unit (☛ 3.13.1) 3. Metal support arm [A] (! x1) 4. Band support arm [B] (loop fastener) 5. Connector [C] (" x1) 6. Upper right cover (# x1, Bushing x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 109: By-Pass Tray

    2. Left cover [A] (! x1) 3. Right cover [B] (! x1) 4. Connectors [C] (" x2) 5. By-pass unit [D] (! x4) NOTE: After removing the screws, lift to unhook the by-pass tray unit from the frame of the machine. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 110: Rear Covers

    REAR COVERS 3.7 REAR COVERS 3.7.1 REAR UPPER COVER B004R953.WMF 1. Left corner cover [A] (! x2) 2. Rear upper cover [B] (! x2) 3.7.2 REAR LOWER COVER B004R954.WMF 1. Rear lower cover [A] (! x4) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 111: Left Covers

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LEFT COVERS 3.8 LEFT COVERS 3.8.1 LEFT UPPER COVER B004R955.WMF 1. Rear left corner cover [A] (! x2) 2. Left upper cover [B] (! x4) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 112: Scanner Unit

    1. Interface connector 2. ARDF [A] (! x2) Push the ARDF towards the front of the machine to align the keyholes (not shown) of the ARDF base with the heads of the stud screws and lift. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 113: Exposure Glass

    2. Rear scale [A] (! x3) 3. Left scale [B] (! x2) 4. Exposure glass [C] 5. DF exposure glass [D] NOTE: When reinstalling the exposure glass, make sure that the white dot is positioned at the rear left corner. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 114: Scanner Exterior Panels/Operation Panel

    4. Operation panel base [B] (! x4) 5. Rear cover [C] (! x4). Carefully lift in the direction of the arrow to disconnect the tab. 6. Right cover [D] (! x3 ) 7. Left cover [E] (! x2) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 115: Lens Block/Sbu Assembly

    NOTE: The elements of the lens block assembly have been factory adjusted and paint locked at 8 points. Do not attempt to replace these items. Replace the unit. 6. Perform scanner and printer copy adjustments (☛ 3.21) 3-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 116: Original Size Sensors

    2. Exposure glass (☛ 3.9.2) 3. Lens block (☛ 3.9.4) 4. Original size sensor [A] (! x1, " x1) 5. Original size sensor [B] (! x1, " x1) 6. Original size sensor [C] (! x1, " x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 117: Exposure Lamp

    5. Exposure lamp [C] (! x1, " x1) NOTE: Never touch the glass surface of the exposure lamp with fingers. Slide the exposure lamp toward the rear to disengage the tab on its base from the hole below and then lift out. 3-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 118: Scanner Hp Sensor/Platen Cover Sensor

    B004R107.WMF 1. ARDF (☛ 3.9.1) 2. Scanner rear cover (☛ 3.9.3) 3. Scanner HP sensor bracket [A] (! x1) 4. Scanner HP sensor [B] (" x1) 5. Platen cover sensor [C] (! x1, " x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 119: Scanner Motor

    4. Scanner motor bracket [B] (! x3, " x1, spring x1, timing belt x1) NOTE: Loosen motor bracket [B] (! x3) to release tension on belt (motor slides side to side). 5. Scanner motor [C] (! x2, " x1) 6. Perform scanner and printer copy adjustments (☛ 3.21) 3-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 120: Lamp Stabilizer And Scanner Motor Drive Board

    1. ARDF (☛ 3.9.1) 2. Scanner rear cover (☛ 3.9.3) 3. Rear bracket [A] (! x5, " x2) 4. Lamp stabilizer [B] (" x2, standbys x3) 5. Scanner motor drive board [C] (" x2, ! x2) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 121: Scanner Wire

    Front wire: 4. Left stay [A] (! x5) 5. Right stay [B] (! x5) 6. Front stay [C] (! x6) 7. Front scanner rail [D] (! x2) 8. To replace the scanner wire, see page 3-19. 3-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 122 Rear wire: B004R961.WMF 1. Scanner HP sensor bracket [A] (! x1) 2. Scanner motor (☛3.9.8) 3. Rear bracket [B] (! x9) 4. Rear scanner rail [C] (! x2) 5. Scanner drive pulley [D] (! x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 123 8. Without allowing the wire to loosen, tape the wire to the pulley. 9. Pass the wire through " #Tension spring#Screw 10. Complete threading the wire: & 11. Scanner wire bracket (! x1) 3-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 124 1) Remove the positioning tools. After sliding the scanner to the right and left several times, set the positioning tools to check the scanner wire bracket and tension bracket again. 2) Reassemble the scanner and do the scanner and printer copy adjustments (☛ 3.21) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 125: Laser Unit

    Laser beams can seriously damage your eyes. 3.10.1 CAUTION DECAL LOCATIONS Two caution decals are located in the laser section as shown below. (See next page for removal instructions.) A232R500.CDR LASER-1.WMF LASER-3.WMF LASER_PS2.WMF 3-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 126: Laser Unit

    6. Laser unit connectors [F] (" x5, " x1 flat cable) NOTE: Hold the LD board securely when disconnecting connectors. 7. Laser unit [G] (! x2) NOTE: When sliding out the laser unit, do not hold the LD board. Hold the laser unit casing. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 127: Polygon Mirror Motor

    B004R201.WMF 1. Laser unit (☛ 3.10.2) 2. Laser unit cover [A] (! x4, 2 hooks) 3. Polygon mirror motor [B] (! x4, " x1) 4. After replacing the motor, do the image adjustment. (☛ 3.21) 3-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 128: Laser Synchronization Detector

    NOTE: To avoid damaging the LD board, hold it securely when disconnecting the connectors. Hold the laser unit casing. 3. After replacing the LD board, perform SP 2-109 to adjust the laser beam pitch (described on the next page). B003/B004/B006/B007 3-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 129: Laser Beam Pitch Adjustment

    600 dpi, using the same procedure as for 400 dpi (use the SP modes for 600 dpi). Laser beam pitch for 600 dpi should be 24~48 more than for 400 dpi. A284R512.BMP A284R513.WMF Adjustment not complete Adjustment complete 3-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 130: Photoconductor Unit (Pcu)

    Before you re-install the PCU, align the brackets on the PCU with the rails above and make sure they are engaged before you slowly push the PCU into the machine. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 131: Drum

    [E] using the release lever $ [F], and then remove the drum %. CAUTION: Never touch the drum surface with bare hands. 7. After replacing the drum, perform the ID sensor initial setting using SP3-001-2. 8. Do the process initial setting procedure (SP2-805). 3-27 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 132: Pick-Off Pawls

    Pick-off pawl position adjustment If the pick-off pawl has marked the drum with a line, the pick-off pawl position can be adjusted using either method: • Changing the spur position. • Changing the pick-off pawl assembly position B003/B004/B006/B007 3-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 133: Charge Roller Cleaning Pad & Roller Brush

    NOTE: If this is not done, the carrier will be attracted to the drum because the charge roller voltage will be too high. ⇒ Refer To Page 3-30 For The Charge Roller/Charge Cleaning Roller Brush Replacement Procedure. 3-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 134 5. After replacing the charge roller, check the value of SP2-001-1. If it is not at the standard value (1480V), set SP2-001-1 to –1480V. NOTE: If this is not done, the carrier will be attracted to the drum because the charge roller voltage will be too high. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 135: Drum Cleaning Blade

    4. Remove the PCU rail [A] ( 5. Remove the ID sensor bracket [B] ( 6. Remove the ID sensor [C] ( 7. Perform the ID sensor initial setting with SP3-001-2 ( Chapter 5, B004R931.WMF “Service Tables”) 3-31 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 136: Development

    NOTE: Pull slowly to avoid scratching or nicking the development roller. 6. Set the development unit on the spread paper. 7. If you are temporarily installing a used development unit for test purposes, perform SP2-220 and 2-802-1 after installation (☛ Chapter 5, “Service Tables) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 137: Development Filter

    4. Make sure that the ground plate [C] is positioned correctly. 3.12.3 DEVELOPMENT ROLLER B004R106.WMF 1. Development unit (☛ 3.12.1) 2. Upper development cover (☛ 3.12.2) 3. Development roller [A] (! x2) NOTE: Work carefully to avoid scratching or nicking the development roller. 3-33 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 138: Developer

    5. Pour approximately 1/3 of the developer [C] evenly along the length of the development unit. 6. Rotate the drive gear [D] to work the developer into the unit. Repeat [C] and [D] until all toner is in the unit and level with the edges. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 139 This prevents used toner falling from the PCU into the development unit during the TD sensor initial setting and interfering with the Vref setting (toner density reference voltage). 11. After performing the TD sensor initial setting, remove the sheet [A] from the development unit. 3-35 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 140: Td Sensor

    4. Pour new developer into the development unit and perform the TD sensor initial setting using SP2-801. NOTE: When performing the TD sensor initial setting, cover the toner entrance hole with a piece of paper (☛ 3.12.4). B003/B004/B006/B007 3-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 141: Transfer Unit

    1. Lower the by-pass tray, open the duplex unit, and open the right cover. 2. Transfer unit [A] (1 hook) 3. Transfer belt [B] (springs x2, 1 hook) NOTE: Avoid touching the transfer belt surface. 3-37 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 142: Transfer Belt

    3) When reinstalling the transfer belt, make sure that the belt is under the pin [E]. 4) To avoid damaging the transfer belt during installation, manually turn the rollers and make sure that the new transfer belt is not running over the edges of any of the rollers. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 143: Transfer Belt Cleaning Blade And Toner Overflow Sensor

    3. Transfer belt cleaning blade [A] (! x3) 4. Turn over the transfer unit and empty the used toner in the transfer unit. 5. Toner overflow sensor [B] (! x1, " x3) NOTE: Re-install the color-coded wires in the correct order. 3-39 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 144: Paper Feed

    3. Feed roller [B] (# x 1) 4. Separation roller [C] (# x 1) NOTE: Do not touch the roller surface with bare hands. After installing the new rollers, do SP 7-816 for the appropriate paper tray. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 145: Lower Right Cover

    4. Lower right cover [A] (! x5) 5. Vertical transport cover [B] NOTE: Push the cover completely to the left and then press in on the right tab to release the peg from the hole. 3-41 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 146: Relay/Upper Paper Feed And Lower Paper Feed Clutches

    3. Second paper feed clutch bracket [B] (! x2, bushing x1) 4. Drive bracket [C] (! x1, spring x1, bearing x1) 5. Relay clutch [D] (" x1) 6. Upper paper feed clutch [E] (" x1) 7. Lower paper feed clutch [F] (" x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 147: Upper Paper Feed Unit For Tray 1

    2. Right lower cover. (☛ 3.14.2) 3. Upper right cover (☛ 3.5) 4. Upper paper feed clutch [A] (☛ 3.14.3) 5. 3 relay gears [B] 6. Upper paper feed unit [C] (! x2, " x1) 3-43 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 148: Lower Paper Feed Unit For Tray 2

    2. Right lower cover (☛3.14.2) 3. Remove the lower paper feed clutch [A] (☛ 3.14.3) 4. Relay gears [B] (x3) 5. Cover [C] (! x2) 6. Gear [D] (x1) 7. Lower paper feed unit [E] (! x2, " x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 149: Paper End/Paper Height/Relay Sensors

    1. Appropriate paper feed unit (☛ 3.14.4, 3.14.5) 2. Paper height sensor [A] (" x1) 3. Paper end sensor [B] (" x1). 4. Relay sensor bracket [C] (! x1, " x1) 5. Relay sensor [D] 3-45 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 150: Registration Sensor

    11. Flywheel [F] (! x3) 12. Right rear cover [G] (! x3) B004R972.WMF 13. Right cover switch bracket [H] (! x1) 14. Rear registration holder [I] ($ x1, spring x1) 15. Registration roller bushing [J] ($ x1) B004R933.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 3-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 151 16. Guide plate [A] and registration roller [B] (spring x1, # x 1) 17. Registration guide plate [C] (! x2, " x1) 18. Sensor bracket [D] (! x1) 19. Registration sensor [E] (! x1, " x1) 3-47 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 152: Tray Lift Motor

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER FEED 3.14.8 TRAY LIFT MOTOR B004R964.WMF 1. Rear lower cover (☛ 3.7.2) 2. Bracket [A] (! x2) 3. Motor control board [B] (! x2, " x13) 4. Tray lift motor [C] (! x2) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 153: Feed/Development Motor

    2. Rear upper cover (! x4) (☛3.7.1) 3. Tray lift motor (☛ 3.14.8) 4. Support [A] (! x2, harnesses x2) 5. Timing belt [B] (Raise arm to release tension on belt.) 6. Feed/development motor [C] (! x3, " x2) 3-49 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 154: Fusing

    1. Open front door, duplex unit, and right door. 2. Set screw [A] (! x1) 3. Fusing unit release lever [B] 4. Slide out fusing unit [C] NOTE: After removing the fusing unit, close the right cover. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 155: Fusing Unit Exit Guide

    3.15.3 HOT ROLLER STRIPPERS B004R602.WMF 1. Fusing unit (☛ 3.15.1) 2. Fusing unit cover [A] (! x4) NOTE: Note the positioning of the step screws x2 and the set screws x2. 3. Hot roller strippers x7, springs x7 3-51 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 156: Fusing Lamps

    2. Fusing unit cover (☛ • 3.15.3) 3. Fusing entrance guide [A] (! x2) 4. Lower cover [B] (! x1) Left side 5. Two terminals [C] (! x2) 6. Center fusing lamp lead [D] (3 clamps) 7. Bracket [E] (! x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 157 The sizes of the holes in the holder match the sizes of the ends of the 650 W lamp (red) and 550 W lamp (brown). 5. Remove both fusing lamps. 3-53 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 158: Thermistors And Thermostats

    4. End thermistor [B] (! x1, " x1, holder x1) CAUTION: The thermistors are thinly coated and extremely fragile. Handle with care to avoid damaging them. They should be replaced every 150K. 5. Center thermostat [C] (! x2) 6. End thermostat [D] (! x2) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 159: Fusing Roller/Pressure Roller

    1. Fusing unit (☛ 3.15.1) 2. Fusing upper and lower cover. (☛ 3.15.3, 3.15.4) 3. Fusing lamp. (☛ 3.15.4) 4. Springs x2 [A] (both sides) 5. Arms x2 [B] (both sides) 6. Pawl bracket [C] (! x4) 3-55 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 160 5) When reinstalling the hot roller assembly and pressure roller assembly, make sure that the flange position of the bushings is as shown. 6) When reinstalling the C-rings [B] of the hot roller, make sure that the position of the C-rings is as shown. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 161: By-Pass Tray

    3.16.1 COVER REPLACEMENT B004R540.WMF 1. Rear cover [A] (! x1) 2. Front cover [B] (! x1) 3. Hinge cover [C] (! x1) 4. Upper cover [D] (! x2) 5. Close duplex unit and pull out upper cover. 3-57 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 162: By-Pass Paper Feed And Pick-Up Roller Replacement

    2. Lift up paper end feeler [A] to lock feeler in position. NOTE: Before reinstalling the upper cover, return the paper end feeler to its original position. 3. Replace the paper feed roller [B] (# x1) 4. Replace pick-up roller [C]. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 163: By-Pass Separation Roller Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BY-PASS TRAY 3.16.3 BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER REPLACEMENT A689R502.WMF 1. Close by-pass table. 2. Remove separation roller [A] from the bottom (# x1) 3-59 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 164: Paper End Sensor And Pick-Up Solenoid Replacement

    2. Lift paper end feeler [A]. NOTE: Before reinstalling the upper cover, return the paper end feeler to its original position. 3. Replace paper end sensor [B] (" x1). 4. Pick-up solenoid [C] (! x1, ") x1, spring x1). B003/B004/B006/B007 3-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 165: Paper Size Sensor Board Replacement

    3.16.5 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BOARD REPLACEMENT B004R544.WMF 1. Hook [A] 2. Paper tray [B] (" x1). 3. Size sensor board [C]. NOTE: To avoid breaking the hook of the paper size sensor board, handle it carefully during removal. 3-61 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 166: By-Pass Table Removal

    1. Harness [A] (" x1). 2. Screws [B] (! x2) 3. Retard spring bracket and remove the by-pass table [C]. CAUTION: To relieve pressure on the spring during removal, depress it as shown in the illustration. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 167: Paper Feed Clutch Replacement

    3.16.7 PAPER FEED CLUTCH REPLACEMENT A689R506.WMF A689R507.WMF 1. By-pass tray. 2. Paper feed unit [A] (! x2, " x2) 3. Rear bracket [B] (! x4, clip x1, bushing x1) 4. Paper feed clutch [C] (" x1) 3-63 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 168: Duplex Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DUPLEX UNIT 3.17 DUPLEX UNIT 3.17.1 DUPLEX COVER REMOVAL B363R101.WMF 1. Duplex unit cover [A] (! x4) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 169: Duplex Entrance Sensor Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DUPLEX UNIT 3.17.2 DUPLEX ENTRANCE SENSOR REPLACEMENT B004R102.WMF 1. Duplex unit cover (☛ 3.17.1) 2. Sensor holder [A] (! x1) 3. Entrance sensor [B] (" x1) 3-65 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 170: Duplex Exit Sensor Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DUPLEX UNIT 3.17.3 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR REPLACEMENT B004R103.WMF 1. Duplex unit (☛3.4) 2. Sensor bracket [A] (! x1) 3. Exit sensor [B] (" x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 171: Drive Area

    They are labeled 1 # 2 # B # C 3. Flywheel [B] (! x3) 4. Registration clutch [C] ($ x1, " x1) 5. Transfer belt contact clutch [D] (" x2, ! x2) B004R502.WMF 3-67 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 172: Main Motor

    DRIVE AREA 3.18.2 MAIN MOTOR B004R907.WMF 1. Rear upper cover, high voltage power supply, flywheel (☛ 3.18.1) 2. Timing belt [A] x1 3. Bracket [B] (! x3) 4. Main motor [C] (" x2, ! x3) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 173: Toner Supply Motor

    5. Toner bottle holder and bottle [D] 6. Motor harness [E] (clamps x 2) 7. Toner supply motor [F] (hooks x2, " x1) NOTE: Press in on both sides of the motor to release it. 3-69 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 174: Printed Circuit Boards

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS 3.19 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS 3.19.1 HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY B004R965.WMF 1. Rear upper cover (☛ 3.7.1) 2. High voltage power supply [A] (! x3, " x6) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 175: I/O Board

    3. Expansion box [A] (! x5) 4. I/O board [B] (! x2, " x all) NOTE: Make sure that the DIP switch settings on the new board are the same as those on the old board. 3-71 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 176: Bicu Board

    PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS 3.19.3 BICU BOARD B004R969.WMF 1. I/O Board (☛ 3.19.2) 2. BICU board [A] (! x5, "x all) 3.19.4 PSU B004R970.WMF 1. Left upper cover (☛ 3.8.1) 2. PSU [A] (! x4, " x all) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 177: Hard Disk/Controller Board

    4. Remove the NVRAM from the old Controller Board and install it on the new board. B004R104.WMF 5. HDD unit bracket [C] ( 6. HDD unit [D] ( NOTE: Work carefully to avoid dropping or hitting the HDD. B004R971.WMF 3-73 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 178: Copy Adjustments: Printing/Scanning

    3rd paper feed SP1-002-3 (Optional PFU tray 1) 2 ± 1.5 mm 4th paper feed SP1-002-4 (Optional PTU tray 2) From the duplex tray SP1-002-5 By-pass feed SP1-002-6 A284R506.WMF SP1-002-7 A: Leading Edge Registration B: Side-to-side Registration B003/B004/B006/B007 3-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 179: Blank Margin

    Main Scan Magnification 1. Use SP2-902-3, 5 (Printing Test Pattern, Single-Dot Line) to print a single dot pattern. 2. Check magnification, and then SP2-909-1 (Main Scan Magnification: Copy) to adjust magnification if required. Specification: ±2%. 3-75 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 180: Parallelogram Image Adjustment

    1) Adjust the laser unit position by turning the adjustment cam. (See illustration above.) 2) Tighten the adjustment bracket. 3) Print the trimming area pattern to check the image. If the results are not satisfactory, repeat steps 1 to 3. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 181: Scanning

    1. Place the test chart on the exposure glass and make a copy from one of the feed stations. 2. Check the magnification ratio. Use SP4-008 (Scanner Sub Scan Magnification) to adjust if necessary. Specification: ±0.9%. B004R510.WMF A: Main scan magnification 3-77 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 182: Adf Image Adjustment

    ±3.0 mm SP6-006-1 Side-to-Side Registration ±3.0 mm SP6-006-2 Leading Edge Registration (Simplex) ±4.2 mm SP6-006-3 Leading Edge Registration (Duplex: Front) ±4.2 mm SP6-006-4 Leading Edge Registration (Duplex: Back) ⇒ ±15 mm SP6-006-5 Rear Edge Erase B003/B004/B006/B007 3-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 183: Touch Screen Calibration

    Step 2. 6. When you are finished, press [#] OK on the screen (or press '). 7. Touch [#] Exit on the screen to close the Self-Diagnostic menu and save the calibration settings. 3-79 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 184 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 185: Troubleshooting

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TROUBLESHOOTING CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 186 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 187: Service Call Conditions

    NOTE: 1) If the problem concerns electrical circuit boards, first disconnect then reconnect the connectors before replacing the PCBs. 2) If the problem concerns a motor lock, first check the mechanical load before replacing motors or sensors. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 188: Sc Code Descriptions

    A charge roller current leak signal was PCU harness defective or disconnected detected. Charge roller current correction error ID sensor defective The charge roller bias correction is performed twice even if the maximum charge roller bias (-2000V) is applied to the roller. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 189 The LD unit HP sensor does not detect executed. the ON condition while changing the LD The harness is blocking the LD drive unit position for correcting the LD (PCB), preventing adjustment of the position or changing the dpi. pitch. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 190 The TD sensor output voltage is less damaged than 0.5V or more than 5.0V after 10 Poor connection between the TD consecutive times during copying. sensor and the I/O board (IOB) I/O board (IOB) defective Toner supply defective B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 191 Cooling fan motor defective or a loose A cooling fan motor lock signal is not object is interfering with the fan detected within 5 seconds after the Poor fan motor connector connection cooling fan motor turns on. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 192 If it does not deactivate within 5 s four times consecutively, the tray lift motor halts. After two attempts to re-set the paper tray, if this does not solve the problem, then this SC is displayed and tray control halts. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 193 Resetting the display is done by opening and closing the LCT door. 5) The 4) state has been detected 3 times in succession. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 194 Thermistor warped or broken the fusing standby temperature of 45 Thermostat has tripped (113 F) within 9 seconds for the B003, BICU defective B006 (35 cpm) (14 seconds for the Power supply board defective B004, B007 (45 cpm) after switching on...
  • Page 195 External noise The BICU cannot receive a response BICU board and LCT main board within 100 ms after 3 attempts after connection defective or loose sending data to the LCT. LCT interface board defective BICU board defective B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 196 I C control register of the GABIC2. CDIC GAVD block I C bus error C bus on BICU defective An error is detected in the CDIC communication I C control register of the GABIC2. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 197 Finisher exit guide open/close motor Finisher exit guide open/close motor error defective Open/close sensor defective After the finisher exit guide open/close motor is turned on, the open/close sensor does not activate within the specified time. 4-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 198 The network interface board returned an error during the self-diagnostic test. Self-diagnostic Error: NVRAM NVRAM damaged or abnormal Backup battery has discharged The resident non-volatile RAM returned NVRAM socket damaged an error during the self-diagnostic test. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 199 A bad sector occurred during operation Startup without HD data lead of the HD Data stored on the hard disk is not read correctly. 4-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 200 3 s after starting. SIB defective Software write parameter setting error Software defective An unstable area at the storage destination in the settings table is set NULL for the parameter received by the write module. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 201 PCB targeted for the download and prevent subsequent downloading. If this problem occurs, the damaged PCB must be replaced. 4-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 202: Electrical Component Defects

    Open Paper End indicator lights even if paper is (S13) (PFB) placed in the upper paper tray. Shorted Paper End indicator does not light even if there is no paper in the upper paper tray. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 203: Switches

    Machine does not turn off. Front Cover 107-1 Open “Doors/Covers Open” is displayed even if the Safety (SW4) (PSU) front cover is closed. Shorted “Doors/Covers” Open is not displayed even if the front cover is opened. 4-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 204: Blown Fuse Conditions

    LED101 in normal conditions. LED102 Flashes during program downloading. 4.5 TEST POINTS Controller Board Number Monitored Signal +2.5V +3.3V TP3-9 Ground TP10 Data Strobe TP11 Busy TP12 Acknowledge TP13 DB0TXD TP14 +15V TP15 TP16 DB0RXD B003/B004/B006/B007 4-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 205: Service Tables

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SERVICE TABLES CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 206 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 207: Service Program Mode

    To enter the Special service Mode: ' Copy SP Hold down ' and then press Copy SP. Exit 5. Press Exit twice to return to the copy window. NOTE: Use SP2-902 to perform test pattern printing. (☛ 5.1.3) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 208: Sp Mode Button Summary

    ) ) ) ) Press to scroll the display to the previous or next line, line by line. * * * * Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 209: Switching Between Sp Mode And Copy Mode For Test Printing

    Press Start ( twice, and then press SP Mode (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode display. 3. When you are finished, press Exit twice to return to the copy window. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 210: Service Program Mode Tables

    An SP number set in bold-italic denotes a “Special Service Program” mode setting that appears only after entering the SP mode by pressing ' and Copy SP together. (☛ 5-1) B003 & B006 Denotes the 35 cpm model. B004 & B007 Denotes the 45 cpm model.
  • Page 211 Increase the value if the leading edges are jamming. Decrease the value if trailing edges are bending at the entrance. Exit Entrance Junction B003 & [200~450 ms / 370 ms / 10 ms] Solenoid B006 Exit Last Junction B004 &...
  • Page 212 [+5 ~ –5 / 0 mm / 1 mm step] Adjust the timing if paper frequently jams at the inverter gate in the duplex unit. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 213: Sp2-Xxx: Drum

    [0.0 ~ 9.0 / 0.3 / 0.1 mm step] Recommend: 2 ± 1.5 mm Back Side - Left Adjusts the left side erase margin in the reverse side of duplex copies. [0.0 ~ 9.0 / 0.3 / 0.1 mm step] Recommended: 2 +2.5/-1.5 mm B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 214 Current LD Unit Position Displays the current LD unit position (number of pulses from home position). If this is different from the value of 2-109-1 or 2-109-2, LD unit positioning has failed. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 215 Increasing this value reduces the toner supply clutch on time. Use a lower value if the user tends to make lots of copies that have a high proportion of black. [10~800 mg/s / 60 mg/s / 5 mg/s step] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 216 [20~100µA / 35 (B004 & B007: 45) / 1µA step] 2nd Side of Paper Printing the second side of the paper (image area). [20~100µA / 35 (B004 & B007: 40) / 1µA step] B003/B004/B006/B007 5-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 217 TD sensor output about 4.0 V. Press 1 to start. After finishing this, the TD sensor output voltage is displayed. Use this mode only after installing the machine, changing the TD sensor, or adding new developer. 5-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 218 [0~+30 / 10 mm / 1 mm step] Lc (Off Timing) Transfer current timing (e.g. –5 mm) is 5 mm after the trailing edge. [–30~+30 / – 5 mm / 1 mm step] 2912 Drum Reverse Rotation DFU. Interval B003/B004/B006/B007 5-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 219 With less toner on the belt, the coefficient of friction ( µ ) between the belt and the blade increases, and could cause the blade to bend or scour the surface of the belt. 5-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 220 The strength in the polarity of the carrier in the toner will eventually decrease and cause lower charge output. Setting the charge output to increase after a specified number of copies can compensate for this effect. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 221: Sp3-Xxx: Process

    SC code is generated. Pattern Output). If the ID sensor does not detect the bare area of Vsm/Vsg (Immediate the drum, Grayscale Post-Pattern = 0.0 V/V =0.0 V Output) is displayed and an SC code is generated. 5-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 222: Sp4-Xxx: Scanner

    0: not detected, 1: A5 length 5½ x 8½ If 1 is selected, paper sizes that cannot be detected are regarded as A5 lengthwise. If 0 is selected, “Cannot detect original size” will be displayed. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 223 Scan-Apli. Adjustment – Standard White Level Adjustment Overflow Flag Time-Out Flag Error Flag SBU Reset Error Flag Range Adjustment Gain Adjustment – Ech at Factory Gain Adjustment – Och at Factory Standard White Level Adjustment at Factory 5-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 224 0: Selects MTF correction for continuous grayscale photos. To set the MTF coefficient and strength, set: SP4-903-036 SP4-903-038 1: Selects smoothing for originals that contain dithered images. If you select 1, set the filter smoothing coefficient with: SP4-903-037 B003/B004/B006/B007 5-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 225 (☛ Chap.6, “Image Processing”. [0~3 / 0 / 1 step] Increasing this value strengthens smoothing but can also increase the occurrence of moiré and reduce sharpness. 5-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 226 [0~15 / 15 / 1 step] MTF Filter Level: Selects the MTF filter coefficient for the sub 257%~400% scan direction in the text mode. [0~13 / 13 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 5-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 227 However, increasing the value could increase the incidence of moiré. [0~7 / 1 / 1 step] 0: 1/32x 1: 1/16x 2: 1/8x 3: 1/4x 4: 1/2x 5: 1x 6: 2x 7: 4x 5-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 228 Selects the MTF filter coefficient in the sub scan Text/Photo 155%~256% direction in the text/photo mode. Select a higher number for stronger application of the filter. However, increasing the value could increase the incidence of moiré. [0~13 / 13 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 5-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 229 Selects the MTF filter coefficient in the low- density mode. Although selecting a larger number strengthens application of the filter and improves contrast, it could also increase the incidence of moiré. [0~6 / 6 /1] 5-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 230 Independent Dot Erase: Selects the independent dot erase level for the Light Original light original mode. A larger value erases more dots. If zero is selected, independent dot erase is disabled. [0~15 / 0 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 5-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 231 As MTF correction is applied only to edges, this function is effective in reducing moiré. However, a higher value could cause image quality to deteriorate as a result of erroneous edge detection output. 5-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 232 [0~4 / 2 / 1] Value Method Lines Effect Error Diffusion Best resolution Dither 8 x 8 Screening Dither 8 x 8 Best grayscale Dither 6 x 6 Good grayscale Dither 4 x 4 Good resolution B003/B004/B006/B007 5-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 233 3: 268 lines (8 x 8 matrix) 4905 Image Data Path Filtering/Magnification Gradation Printout Type Selection 4909 IPU Settings 2 IPU Module Skip Setting (Image Processing) Image Data Path – CDIC Image Data Path – Application Image Data Path – Printer 5-27 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 234 HDD Formatting (NFA) Initializes NetFile thumbnail images. HDD Formatting (Job Log) Initializes job logging data (for popular server) HDD Formatting (Printer Initializes printer and stored fonts. Fonts) HDD Formatting (Debug) B003/B004/B006/B007 5-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 235: Sp5-Xxx: Mode

    The total counter is not affected by this SP mode. 5127* APS Mode Selects whether the APS function is enabled or disabled with the contact of a pre-paid card or coin lock. 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled 5-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 236 Example: For Japan (+9 GMT), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.) 5501* PM Alarm Interval Sets the PM alarm interval. [0~255 / 0 / 1 step] 0: Alarm off 1~255: Alarm goes off when ≥ Value (1~255) x 1000 PM counter B003/B004/B006/B007 5-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 237 Remain of Jam Switches the control call on/off for an unattended (Unattended Jam) jam. DFU 0: Off, 1: On If you select “1”, the alarm sound if a jam is left unattended for 15 minutes. 5-31 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 238 Use this to input the telephone number of the service representative. This number is displayed when a service call condition occurs. Press the key to input a pause. Press the “Clear modes” key to delete the telephone number. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 239 Network Transport Sets the transport protocol of print server for the Protocol of Print Server network. Setting (NetWare) 0001h: TCP & IPX 0100h: TCP& IPX (Priority: IPX) 0102h: TCP Only (Priority: TCP) 0001h: IPX Only 5-33 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 240 0: Off (disable), 1: On (enable) To reset the machine to 0, the machine must be turned off and on again. Selecting 0 for this option without cycling the power off and on does not restore the default setting (0). B003/B004/B006/B007 5-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 241 With “2” (Europe) selected for SP5131, the ADF can select 16-kai LEF. With SP5962 set for “0” (Off), the nearest size is detected as shown below. Size Loaded Size Detected 16-kai SEF B5 SEF 16-kai LEF B5 LEF 8-kai SEF B4 LEF 5-35 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 242: Sp6-Xxx: Peripherals

    This is a general free run controlled from the copier. For more detailed free run modes, see the ARDF manual. 6010* DF Stamp Position Adjusts the horizontal position of the stamp on the Adjustment scanned originals. [–7~+7 / 0 / 0.5 mm steps] B003/B004/B006/B007 5-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 243 2-Holes 2-hole punches for Japan, North America, Europe, and 4-hole punches for Northern Europe. 3-Holes 3-hole punches for North America, and 4-hole punches for Europe. 6902* Fold Position Adjustment Japan Only 5-37 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 244: Sp7-Xxx: Data Log

    A3 V (Lengthwise) 133* A4 V (Lengthwise) 134* A5 V (Lengthwise) 141* B4 V (Lengthwise) 142* B5 V (Lengthwise) 160* DLT V (Lengthwise) 164* LG V (Lengthwise) 166* LT V (Lengthwise) 172* HLT V (Lengthwise) B003/B004/B006/B007 5-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 245 Original Mode: Text Original Mode: Text/Photo Original Mode: Photo Original Mode: Generation Original Mode: Pale Punch Repeat Sort Staple Series Erase Duplex Double Copy Duplex Original Interrupt Copy Combine 1 Side Combine 2 Side Booklet Magazine Batch 5-39 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 246 Document Server: Each Displays the number of prints by paper size. Size of Printouts A4 (S) A5 (S) B5 (S) LT (S) HLT (S) 128* Other 132* A3 (L) 133* A4 (L) 134* A5 (L) B003/B004/B006/B007 5-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 247 1 to 51~100 1 to 101~300 1 to 301~ over 7328* Document Server: Print Displays the number of prints by mode. Counter – Print Mode Punch Sort Staple Duplex Booklet Magazine Stamp Cover/Chapter Page Slip Sheet 5-41 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 248 Transport sensor 4 Registration Sensor Fusing Exit Sensor Exit Entrance Sensor Relay Sensor 1 (option) Relay Sensor 2 (option) Duplex Entrance Sensor Duplex Exit Sensor 1-Bin Tray Sensor Finisher Entrance Finisher Proof Tray Finisher Shift Tray B003/B004/B006/B007 5-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 249 A3 V (Lengthwise) 133* A4 V (Lengthwise) 134* A5 V (Lengthwise) 141* B4 V (Lengthwise) 142* B5 V (Lengthwise) 160* DLT V (Lengthwise) 164* LG V (Lengthwise) 166* LT V (Lengthwise) 172* HLT V (Lengthwise) 255* Others 5-43 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 250 SC/Jam Counter Reset Resets the SC and jam counters. To reset, press This SP does not reset the jam history counters: SP7-507, SP7-508. 7808 Counter Reset Resets all counters except SP7-003-***, SP7-006- ***. To reset, press #. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 251 Clears the count for SP7-327. To reset, press #. 7927 Document Server: Job Counter Reset – Set Number 7928 Document Server: Print Clears the count for SP7-328. To reset, press, Count Reset – Print Mode 5-45 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 252 SP7-324 Document Server: Job Counter SP7-325 Doc. Server: Job Counter – Page No. SP7-326 Doc. Server: Job Counter – File No. SP7-327 Doc. Server: Job Counter – Set No. SP7-328 Doc. Server: Count by Mode B003/B004/B006/B007 5-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 253: Test Pattern Printing: Sp2-902

    Vertical Line (1-dot) Grayscale (Vertical) Horizontal Line (1-dot) Cross Pattern (8) Vertical Line (2 dot) Cross Shape Horizontal Line (2-dot) Argyle Pattern Alternate Dot Pattern Cross Pattern (256) Grid Pattern (1-dot) Cross Pattern (64) Vertical Strips 5-47 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 254: Test Pattern Table: Sp2-902-3 Printing Test Patterns

    Hound’s Tooth Check (2-dot Grayscale (Vertical Extension Margin) Horizontal) Checker Flag Pattern White Pattern Point Black Pattern Grid (1-dot pair) (OR Outside Data 1) Black Band (Vertical) Trimming Area (OR Outside Data) Independent Pattern (4-dot) B003/B004/B006/B007 5-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 255: Input Check

    Not locked Locked 3: Registration and Others Main Motor Lock Signal Not locked Locked Toner Overflow Sensor Tank not full Tank full Cover Open Cover closed Cover opened Registration Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected 5-49 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 256 Lower Relay Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected Upper Relay Sensor Paper detected Paper not detected Lower Paper End Sensor Paper not detected Paper detected Upper Paper End Sensor Paper not detected Paper detected B003/B004/B006/B007 5-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 257 Remainder of Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Capacity Not Used Feed Tray 2 LCT: Bit 2 Full LCT: Bit 1 80% or more LCT: Bit 0 50% or more 30% or more 10% or more 5-51 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 258 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Paper Width 4: By-pass Post Card B6 lengthwise B5 lengthwise A5 lengthwise / 5.5” B4 lengthwise A4 lengthwise / 8.5” / 8” A3 lengthwise 11” x 17” B003/B004/B006/B007 5-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 259: Ardf Input Check: Sp6-007

    Lift sensor Pick-up roller up Pick-up roller down Inverter sensor Paper not detected Paper detected Exit sensor Paper not detected Paper detected Registration sensor Paper not detected Paper detected Interval Sensor Paper not detected Paper detected 5-53 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 260: Output Check

    3. Press On then press Off to test the selected item. B004S502.WMF NOTE: You cannot exit and close this display until you press off to switch off the output check currently executing. Do not keep an electrical component switched on for a long time. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 261 Stapler Unit Motor Exit Junction Gate Solenoid Stack Feed Out Motor (Finishers) (Upper Unit) Duplex Junction Gate Solenoid Shift Motor (Finishers) (Lower Unit) 43~44 Not used Stapler Rotation Motor (Two-Tray Finisher) 98 ~ 99 Not used 5-55 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 262: Ardf Output Check: Sp6-008)

    3. Select “Single Face” or “Both Faces.” 4. After printing the list, press “Close” to return to the SP mode display. 5. Press Exit twice to close the SP Mode screen and return to copy mode. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 263 SC10n, SC12n occurences counted. No Counts Other IPU SCs Count Timing SC19n occurences counted. No Counts Other Printer SCs Count Timing SC30n, SC32n, SC35, SC39n, SC40n, SC42n, SC44n, SC49n, SC52n, SC54n, SC72n occurences counted. No Counts Other 5-57 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 264 Also counts white sheets according to the mode. Copies by Quality Mode Text/Photo Mode Photo Mode Photo Original Mode Pencil Original Mode Count Timing Feed-in starts for each category. Counts according to the selection information of the basic screen. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 265 White sheets (blank) for the selected mode. Auto Start Count Timing Copy feed-ins for Auto Start mode. Other White sheets (blank) for the high speed mode are also counted.. Electronic Collate Count Timing Feed-ins with the collate function selected. 5-59 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 266: Nip Band Width Adjustment: Sp1-109

    NOTE: Check the nip bandwidth around the center of the OHP. Pressure spring position Nip width 6.0 ± 0.5 mm Upper (default position) 6.5 ± 0.6 mm Lower If the width is out of the above specification, the pressure spring should be replaced. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 267: Memory All Clear: Sp5-801

    • Do the laser beam pitch adjustment (SP2-109). • Do the printer and scanner registration and magnification adjustments 3.21 Replacement and Adjustment, “Copy Adjustments”). • Do the touch screen calibration ( 3.21.4 Replacement and Adjustment, “touch screen calibration”). 5-61 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 268: Software Reset

    NOTE: You must press ' first. B004S503.WMF 3. When the message prompts you to confirm that you want to reset the system settings, press Yes. 4. When the message tells you that the settings have been reset, press Exit. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 269: Copier Setting Reset

    B004S504.WMF 3. When the message prompts you to confirm that you want to reset the Copier Document Server settings, press Yes. 4. When the message tells you that the settings have been reset, press Exit. 5-63 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 270: Software Download

    IC card. 8. If more software needs to be downloaded, repeat steps 1 to 7. 9. Turn the main power on and confirm that the new software loads and that the machine starts normally. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 271: Uploading/Downloading Nvram Data

    2. Remove the IC card cover [A]. 3. Plug the flash memory card [B] into the card slot. 4. Turn on the main switch. 5. Execute SP5-824. 6. Press # to start uploading the NVRAM data. B004I015.WMF 5-65 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 272: Downloading Nvram Data (Sp5-825)

    • If the correct card for the NVRAM data is not inserted in the card slot, after you press # a message will tell you that downloading cannot proceed because the card is abnormal and the execution will halt. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 273: Self-Diagnostic Mode

    N V R A M C h e c k C h e c k System OS, H D D C h e c k Application Check I E E E 1 2 8 4 I/F Check B004S516.WMF 5-67 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 274: Detailed Self-Diagnostic Mode

    2. Hold down ', press and hold down ,, and then while pressing both keys at the same time, switch on the machine. You will see “Now Loading” on the touch-panel, and then you will see the results of the test. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 275 D P X [Error List @@@] SCCODE (ERROR CODE ) SC CODE (ERROR CODE) SC CODE (ERROR CODE) SC CODE (ERROR CODE) SC835 (110C) SC820 (0001) SC820 (0002) SC820 (0003) SC820 (0004) SC820 (0005) B004S515.WMF 5-69 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 276: User Program Mode

    Click a tab to display the settings. If the Next button is lit in the lower right corner, press to display more options. Perform the settings, press Exit to return to the User Tools/Counter display, and then press exit to return to the copy window. B004S506.WMFF B003/B004/B006/B007 5-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 277: Copier/Document Server Features

    In the User/Tools Counter display, press Printer Settings, Facsimile, or Scanner Settings to open the appropriate screen and then click the tab to display more settings. The screen below shows the Printer Features screen. B004S509.WMF 5-71 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 278: Counter

    USER PROGRAM MODE Counter In the User/Tools Counter display, press Counter. B003SL07.WMF View the settings, press Print Counter Exit to return to the User Tools/Counter display, and then press Exit to return to the copy window. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 279: Dip Switches

    OFF (Do not change) Destination OFF Japan ON North America OFF Europe ON Not used Not used OFF (Do not change) NOTE: Disabling jam detection is effective only for the main machine (not for the options). 5-73 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 280 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 281: Detailed Descriptions

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 282 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 283: Detailed Section Descriptions

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA OVERVIEW 6. DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS 6.1 OVERVIEW 6.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT B004V500.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 284 17 Transfer Belt 39 Exit Junction Gate 18 OPC Drum 40 Exit Roller 19 Registration Roller 41 Paper Exit Sensor 20 Lower Transport Roller 42 3rd Mirror 21 Exit Sensor 43 Scanner HP Sensor 22 By-pass Tray B003/B004/B06/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 285: Paper Path

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA OVERVIEW 6.1.2 PAPER PATH B004V903.WMF 1 ARDF 2 Interchange unit 3 Duplex unit 4 By-pass tray 5 Large Capacity Tray (LCT) 6 Paper tray unit 7 Two-Tray Finisher 8 Bridge unit 9 1-Bin Tray B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 286: Drive Layout

    2 Registration Clutch 6 Main Motor 3 Upper Paper Feed Clutch 7 Paper Feed/Development Motor 4 Lower Paper Feed Clutch In this machine, the development unit is provided with its own motor, separate from the main motor. B003/B004/B06/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 287: Board Structure

    Takes charge of controlling memory and all peripheral devices. 2. BICU (Base Engine and Image Control Unit) This is the engine control board. It controls the following functions. • Engine sequence • Timing control for peripherals • Image processing, video control B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 288 The LD driver circuit board. 9. MDB (Motor Drive Board) Controls the scanner motor. 10. Mother Board This board interfaces the controller and the BICU and FCU. 11. FCU (Facsimile Control Unit) Controls fax communications and fax features. B003/B004/B06/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 289: Controller

    • Operation panel • BICU (engine control) • Printer • Scanner • Fax • PostScript 3 • NIB • FCU For details about how to download software from an IC card, see “Software Download” in Chapter 5. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 290 Job log. Remains Total 10 GB Remains When an application uses an image page, first it uses the Image LS area. If this area is in use and not available, then it uses the Image TMP area. B003/B004/B06/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 291: Copy Process Overview

    The magnetic developer brush on the development roller [D] contacts the latent image on the drum. Toner particles are electrostatically attracted to the areas of the drum surface where the laser reduced the negative charge on the drum. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 292: Image Transfer

    The drum cleaning blade [H] removes any toner remaining on the drum surface after the image is transferred to the paper. Quenching Finally, the light from the quenching lamp [I] electrically neutralizes the charge on the drum surface. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 293: Overview

    The light reflected by the reflector is of almost equal intensity in all directions, to reduce shadows on pasted originals. When the optional optics anti-condensation heater is installed on the left side of the scanner, it turns on whenever the power cord is plugged in. 6-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 294: Scanner Drive

    BICU board, like for book mode. NOTE: Magnification in the sub-scan direction can be adjusted by changing the ADF motor speed using SP6-017. In the main scan direction, it can be adjusted with SP2-909, like for book mode. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 295: Original Size Detection In Platen Mode

    The main CPU detects the original size by the on/off signals received from the APS sensors. NOTE: If the copy is made with the platen fully open, the main CPU determines the original size from the sensor outputs after the Start ! key is pressed. 6-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 296 (L). For example, if A4 sideways paper is placed on the by- pass tray, the machine assumes it is A3 paper and scans a full A3 area, disregarding the original size sensors. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 297: Image Processing

    (for binary picture processing mode only) LD Unit: Performs dual channel multi-beam exposure, multiple exposure, and synchronous detection. Controller: Controls image archiving, controls printing, and secondary image compression/decompression. 6-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 298: Sbu (Sensor Board Unit)

    After the above processing, the analog signals are converted to 8-bit signals by the A/D converter. This gives a value for each pixel on a scale of 256 shades of gray. Then, this data goes to the BICU via the SIB. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 299: Auto Image Density (Ads)

    As with previous digital copiers, the user can select manual image density when selecting auto image density mode and the machine will use both settings when processing the original. 6-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 300: Ipu (Image Processing Unit)

    6. Binary picture processing 7. Error diffusion 8. Dithering 9. Video path control 10. Test pattern generation The image data then goes to either the LDDR or the HDD depending on the selected copy modes. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 301: Image Processing Modes

    Reproduction similar to text mode, but of lower contrast. Ideal for Pale copying thin originals. (☛ pg.6-25) Attempts to achieve the best reproduction of copied originals, which Generation Copy have faded due to making copies of copies. (☛ pg.6-26) 6-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 302 Filtering ! ! ! ! Primary Compression, Secondary Compression, Decompression Decompression γ γ γ γ Coefficient " ! ! ! ! Video Control Scanner/Printer Application Grayscale Processing ! ! ! ! FAX Application LD Unit B003/B004/B06/B007 6-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 303: Summary Of Image Processing Functions

    The best γ coefficient suited for the selected mode can be stored and adjusted as needed. 9. Grayscale processing. Performs reproduction of grayscales, using mainly error diffusion. (In the photo mode, conducts processing with dithering.) 6-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 304: Image Processing Steps And Related Sp Modes

    SP4-903-11 (Pre-Filter Coefficient 65%~154%) Magnification Main Scan Direction SP2-909-01 (Main Scan Magnification) Independent Dot Erase SP4-903-60 (Independent Dot Erase Level) Filter Processing MTF Correction SP4-903-20~35 (MTF Filter Coefficients, Strength) γ Coefficient Density Control Grayscale Error Diffusion Processing B003/B004/B06/B007 6-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 305: Text/Photo Mode

    Main Scan Direction SP2-909-01 (Main Scan Magnification) Independent Dot Erase SP4-903-62 (Independent Dot Erase Level) Filter Processing MTF Correction SP4-903-39~54 (MTF Filter Coefficients, Strength) γ Coefficient Density Control Grayscale Error Diffusion SP4-904-07 (Error Diffusion Pattern) Processing 6-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 306: Photo Mode

    SP4-903-09 (Filter Selection) Processing MTF Correction SP4-903-37 (Smoothing Filter Coefficient) SP4-903-36 (MTF Filter Coefficient) SP4-903-38 (MTF Filter Strength) γ Coefficient Density Control Grayscale Dither/Error Diffusion SP4-904-02 (Photo Mode Image Quality Processing Processing – Dither Matrix Type) B003/B004/B06/B007 6-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 307: Pale (Low-Density Mode)

    Main Scan Direction SP2-909-01 (Main Scan Magnification) Independent Dot Erase SP4-903-63 (Independent Dot Erase Level) Filter SP4-903-55 (MTF Filter Coefficient) Processing MTF Correction SP4-903-56 (MTF Filter Strength) γ Coefficient Density Control Grayscale Dither/Error Diffusion Processing 6-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 308: Generation Copy Mode

    SP2-909-01 (Main Scan Magnification) Independent Dot Erase SP4-903-64 (Independent Dot Erase Level) Generation Mode SP4-903-75~77 (Line Width Detection) Filter MTF Correction SP4-903-57 (MTF Filter Coefficient) Processing SP4-903-58 (MTF Filter Strength) γ Coefficient Density Control Grayscale Dither/Error Diffusion Processing B003/B004/B06/B007 6-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 309: Auto Shading (Shading Correction)

    The threshold level (erase level) can be changed with the following SP modes. SP4-903 Background Erase Level (Text) Background Erase Level (Photo) Background Erase Level (Text /Photo) Background Erase Level (Pale) Background Erase Level (Generation) 6-27 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 310: Independent Dot Erase

    “90” to “3” as shown below. A: (0 + 0 + 30 + 7 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0) / 12 = 3 B004D503.WMF B003/B004/B06/B007 6-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 311: Filtering

    (Weak) 0 (Off) → 1 → 2 → 3 (Strong) • SP-903-10: Text Mode (25%~64%) • SP-903-11: Text Mode (65%~154%) • SP-903-12: Photo Mode • SP-903-13: Text/Photo Mode (25%~64%) • SP-903-14: Text/Photo Mode (65%~154%) • SP-903-15: Low Density Mode • SP-903-16: Generation Mode (25%~64%) 6-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 312: Text Mode

    Sub scan: Filter strength (SP4903-27) Text mode: 155 ~ 256 % MTF strength Weakest Strongest ←Default→ (Soft) (Sharp) Main scan: Filter coefficient (SP4903-28) Sub scan: Filter coefficient (SP4903-29) Main scan: Filter strength (SP4903-30) Sub scan: Filter strength (SP4903-31) B003/B004/B06/B007 6-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 313: Photo Mode

    Main scan: Filter coefficient (SP4903-36) Filter strength (SP4903-38) To use smoothing, set SP4-903-9 to 1 then use SP4-903-37 to select the setting for smoothing. Photo mode Smoothing filter Weakest Strongest ←Default→ (Soft) (Sharp) Smoothing filter coefficient (SP4903-37) 6-31 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 314: Text/Photo Mode

    Sub scan: Filter strength (SP4903-46) Text/Photo mode 155~256% MTF strength Weakest Strongest ←Default→ (Soft) (Sharp) Main scan: Filter coefficient (SP4903-47) Sub scan: Filter coefficient (SP4903-48) Main scan: Filter strength (SP4903-49) Sub scan: Filter strength (SP4903-50) B003/B004/B06/B007 6-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 315: Low Density Mode

    Strongest ←Default→ (Soft) (Sharp) Filter coefficient (SP4903-55) Filter strength (SP4903-56) Generation Mode The following SPs control MTF for generation mode. Generation mode MTF strength Weak Strong ←Default→ (Soft) (Sharp) Filter coefficient (SP4903-57) Filter strength (SP4903-58) 6-33 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 316 Type 1: Grayscale processing. As stated above, this process generates up to 256 image density levels for each pixel. To realize this, this machine uses a form of pulse width modulation. In this machine, pulse width modulation consists of the following processes: B003/B004/B06/B007 6-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 317 The line width correction type can be selected with SP4-903-75~77. 6-35 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 318 The laser synchronizing detector determines the main scan starting position. NOTE: The front door and right door (transfer door) are equipped with safety switches that automatically shut down the laser unit when either door is opened. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 319 The reference levels are adjusted on the production line. Do not touch the variable resistors on the LDDR in the field. 6-37 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 320: Dual Beam Writing

    0.06 mm apart (at 400 dpi) in the sub scan direction (see the next page). The two-mm difference in the main scan direction allows the machine to detect the laser synchronization signal for each beam. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 321 Usually, the LD unit moves directly to the proper position. However, when the number of times that the resolution has changed reaches the value of SP2-109-5 (LD Beam Pitch Adjustment), the LD unit moves to the home position, and this re- calibrates the LD unit positioning mechanism. 6-39 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 322: Ld Safety Switches

    Four safety switches are installed in series on the LD5 V line from the power supply unit (PSU) via the BICU board. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 323: B003/B004/B006/B007 Sm

    B004D301.WMF 1 Toner Collection Coil 6 Transfer Entrance Guide 2 Toner Collection Plate 7 Charge Roller Cleaning Pad 3 Spur 8 Charge Roller 4 Pick off Pawl 9 Cleaning Blade 5 OPC Drum (φ60 mm) 6-41 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 324: Drum Pawls

    The gears [C] are removable, and the positions of the holders can be adjusted. B004R305.WMF 6.7.4 DRUM TONER SEALS Seals have been added to the structure of the PCU (photoconductor unit) to further prevent toner leakage. B004D902.WMF B003/B004/B06/B007 6-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 325 The high voltage supply board [C] supplies a negative dc voltage to the drum charge roller through the charge roller terminal [D], bias plate [E], and the rear roller bushing [F] to give the drum surface a negative charge of –950V. 6-43 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 326: Rev. 05/2002

    The ID sensor measures the density of pattern [B], and Vsdp, the output voltage, is compared with Vsg which was read from the bare drum at the same time. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 327 Default: -1480+50 V Default: -1480 V B004D507.WMF For example, with the default settings, if the paper width fed from the by-pass tray ⇒ is 200 mm, the charge roller voltage will be –1480 V + 50 V. 6-45 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 328: Id Sensor Pattern Production Timing

    [B] also remains in contact with the charge roller to clean it. The pin [C] in contact with the cam gear [D] enables the gear to move the cleaning pad from side to side and improve cleaning. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 329 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DEVELOPMENT 6.9 DEVELOPMENT 6.9.1 OVERVIEW B004D401.WMF 1 Drum 5 Mixing Auger 2 Development Roller 6 Development Filter 3 Paddle Roller 7 Doctor Blade 4 TD Sensor 6-47 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 330: Developer Mixing

    . New toner from the toner bottle and recycled toner from the toner collection coil both enter the development unit at [D]. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 331: Development Bias

    Default: -600+50 V Default: -600 V B004D508.WMF For example, with the default settings, if the paper width fed from the by-pass tray is 200 mm, the development bias voltage will be –600 + 50 V. 6-49 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 332 The toner bottle has a spiral groove [H], which rotates the bottle to move toner to the development unit. When the bottle holder unit is pulled out, the chuck [G] releases the toner bottle cap and the toner shutter [D] closes and blocks the opening. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 333 Toner falls into the toner bottle holder, and the toner supply mylar blades transfer the toner to slit [D]. Installing the PCU opens the shutter [E]. The toner falls into the development unit through the slit. B004D509.WMF 6-51 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 334 If the reflected light is too strong, this indicates that toner is low and toner is added to the development unit. (The frequency of these checks can be adjusted with SP2-210 (ID Sensor Pattern Interval). B003/B004/B06/B007 6-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 335 90 copies have been made after toner near end was determined, the machine enters the toner end condition. NOTE: The number of copies between toner near-end and toner end can be changed with SP2-213. The default is 90 copies. 6-53 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 336: Toner End Recovery

    Vref is not changed, the copy job is allowed to finish, and then the SC code is generated. If spare parts are not available, the technician can use SP2-208-1 to temporarily put the machine in image pixel count mode. (☛ Chapter 5 Service Tables) B003/B004/B06/B007 6-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 337: Drum Cleaning And Toner Recycling

    The paddle roller [C] mixes the collected toner with the new toner. NOTE: A screen filter [D) has been added to strain out paper dust and other foreign matter. B004D509.WMF 6-55 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 338 Each paper tray, which employs the FRR system, can hold 500 sheets. Two relay sensors, positioned above each set of relay rollers, detect paper jams. A selection dial allows you to select the setting for the size of the paper loaded in the tray. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 339: Pick-Up And Separation Roller Release

    When the paper tray is set into the machine, it pushes the release lever [E]. This causes the pick-up roller [D] to go down and the separation roller [B] to move up and contact the paper feed roller. B004D763.WMF 6-57 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 340: Paper Lift

    When the paper tray is removed from the machine, the tray lift motor coupling gear disengages the pin on the lift arm shaft, and the tray bottom plate then drops under its own weight. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 341: Paper End Detection

    The registration rollers then feed the paper to the image transfer section. NOTE: The registration sensor is also used for paper misfeed detection. 6-59 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 342: Paper Size Detection

    11" x 17" Portrait A5 Portrait " x 14" Portrait 8" x 13" Portrait " x 11" Portrait " x 11" Portrait " x 11" Landscape " x 11" Landscape ✻ ✻ ON: Pushed OFF: Not Pushed B003/B004/B06/B007 6-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 343: By-Pass Tray

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BY-PASS TRAY 6.12 BY-PASS TRAY 6.12.1 OVERVIEW B004V510.WMF Paper feed roller Paper end sensor Pick-up Roller By-pass Tray Separation roller 6-61 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 344: By-Pass Tray Operation

    [C] moves onto the paper. When the by-pass tray runs out of paper, the paper end feeler [D] drops into the cutout in the by-pass tray and the paper end sensor [E] is activated. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 345: By-Pass Paper Size Detection

    Therefore, the copier determines which paper has been placed in the by-pass tray by the signal output from the board. However, the copier does not determine the paper length from the by-pass tray hardware. 6-63 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 346: Duplex Unit

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DUPLEX UNIT 6.13 DUPLEX UNIT 6.13.1 OVERVIEW B004D101.WMF Entrance sensor Upper transport roller Inverter gate Lower transport roller Inverter roller Exit sensor B003/B004/B06/B007 6-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 347: Duplex Drive Layout

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DUPLEX UNIT 6.13.2 DUPLEX DRIVE LAYOUT B004D103.WMF Inverter roller Transport motor Inverter motor Lower transport roller Upper transport roller 6-65 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 348: Duplex Basic Operation

    Example: 8 pages. The number [A] in the illustration shows the order of pages. The number [B] in the illustration shows the order of sheets of copy paper (if shaded, this indicates the second side). ⇒ ⇒ ⇒ ⇒ ⇒ ⇒ ⇒ B004D531.WMF B003/B004/B06/B007 6-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 349: Duplex Unit Feed In And Exit Mechanism

    [D]. As a result, the inverter gate [E] is opened and the inverter roller rotates counterclockwise. The paper is sent to the copier through the upper and lower transport rollers [F, G]. 6-67 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 350: Image Transfer And Paper Separation

    6.14.1 OVERVIEW B004D561.WMF 1 Transfer belt 6 OPC 2 Drive roller 7 Pick-off pawls 3 Transfer belt cleaning blade 8 ID sensor 4 Transfer roller 9 Contact lever 5 Idle roller 10 Transfer belt contact clutch B003/B004/B06/B007 6-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 351: Belt Drive Mechanism

    The belt must be released from the drum between copy jobs in order to prevent the ID sensor pattern from being rubbed off B004D563.WMF and to prevent contamination of the drum from the surface of the belt. 6-69 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 352: Image Transfer And Paper Separation Mechanism

    The paper moves to the end of the transfer belt unit, where it separates from the belt as the belt curves away and moves on to the fusing unit. B004D521.WMF B003/B004/B06/B007 6-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 353: Transfer Belt Charge

    If this current is not kept constant, efficiency of toner transfer and paper separation will vary with paper thickness, type, environmental condition, or changes in transfer belt surface resistance. 6-71 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 354: Correction For Paper Width And Thickness

    Default: 216 mm 2 9 7 m m Paper Tray SP2-309-3 SP2-309-4 Current x 1.0 Current x 1.2 Current x 1.2 By-pass Tray SP2-309-5 SP2-309-6 Current x 1.0 Current x 1.5 Current x 1.5 B004D571.WMF B003/B004/B06/B007 6-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 355: Currents Applied To Leading Edge And Image Areas, And For By-Pass Feed

    1st Side of Paper SP2-301-2 2nd Side of Paper SP2-301-4 By-pass Feed Leading edge SP2-301-3 Leading Edge areas SP2-301-5 Leading Edge By-pass Feed SP2-911 Transfer Current Timing Timing SP2-911-1 On Timing SP2-911-2 Switch Timing SP2-911-3 Off Timing 6-73 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 356: Transfer Belt Cleaning Mechanism

    This toner is not recycled. When the toner overflow sensor [C] detects toner overflow, the toner overflow indicator lights. Up to 999 copies can be made before the toner overflow condition shuts down the machine. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 357: Image Fusing And Paper Exit

    5 Fusing unit exit sensor 14 Thermistors (central/end) ⇒ 6 Spring 15 Thermostat (central/end) 7 Fusing exit guide plate 16 Hot roller 8 Pressure roller 17 Hot roller strippers 9 Pressure arm 18 Exit roller 6-75 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 358: Fusing Drive

    [A] when the right door [B] is opened. When the right cover is opened, the actuator plate [C] pulls release wire [D]. The wire pulls the fusing drive gear bracket [E] and the fusing unit drive is disengaged. B004D605.WMF B003/B004/B06/B007 6-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 359: Fusing Entrance Guide Shift Mechanism

    Two de-curler rollers [B] and [C] have been added under the exit roller [D] to correct the curl that paper acquires during transport through the fusing unit. B004D601.WMF 6-77 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 360: Pressure Roller

    [B], collects toner and paper dust from the surface of the pressure roller. Because the cleaning roller is metal, it can collect adhering matter better than the pressure roller, which is coated with Teflon. B004D515.WMF B003/B004/B06/B007 6-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 361: Fusing Temperature Control

    [C] B004D602.WMF and one at the end [D] of the fusing roller. Temperature Control Model B003 & B006 Model B004 & B007 °C °C (35CPM) (45 CPM) Fusing Temp.

  • Page 362: Fusing Idling Temperature

    If the temperature of the thermostat ⇒ reaches 180°C, the thermostat opens, removing power from the fusing lamp. At the same time, the copier stops operating. At this time, SC542 Fusing Temperature Warm-up Error will be displayed. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 363: Energy Saver Modes

    (Low Power Mode) Operation Sw. On Platen Cover Open/Close Original Set ADF Auto Off Mode Return Time Less Than: 10 s: Model B003 & B006 15 s: Model B004 & B007 Off Mode FAX: RX, etc. Printer Data in After Printing...

  • Page 364: Energy Saver Mode

    • A sheet of paper is placed in the by-pass feed table The recovery time from energy saver mode is about 3 s. Operation Energy Mode Fusing Temp. +24V System +5V Switch Saver LED Energy B003 & B006: 130 Saver B004 & B007: 150 B003/B004/B06/B007 6-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 365: Auto Off Mode

    +5V and +24V supplies are activated. Returning to stand-by mode The machine returns to stand-by mode when the operation switch is pressed. The recovery time is about 10 s for the B003 & B006 and 15 s for the B004 & B007. Energy Operation...
  • Page 366 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 367: Specifications

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SPECIFICATIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 368 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 369: General Specifications

    Inch version (%): 400, 200, 155, 129, 121, 93, 85, 78, 73, 65, 50, 25 Zoom: 25 ~ 400% in 1% steps Copying Speed B003 & B006: 35 cpm (A4/11" × 8.5" (S)) B004 & B007: 45 cpm (A4/11" × 8.5" (S)) First Copy Time B003 &...
  • Page 370 NOTE: The following notations are used to describe the paper feed direction Lengthwise (L) Sideways (S) B004V501.WMF Power Consumption Mainframe only ⇒ Model -B003 & B006 Model -B004 & B007 Copying Less than 1.2 kW Less than 1.2 kW Warm-up Less than 1.25 kW Less than 1.25 kW...

  • Page 371: Machine Configuration

    4 Duplex unit 10 1000-sheet finisher (1 shift tray) 5 By-pass tray 11 External tray 6 LCT (Large Capacity Tray) 12 Bridge unit NOTE: The Bridge Unit is required for the optional 1000-Sheet Finisher and the Two-Tray Finisher. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 372 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SPECIFICATIONS Key: Symbol: U: Unique option, C: Option also used with other products Item Machine Code Copier Model – 35CPM B003 Copier Model – 45CPM B004 Printer Model – 35CPM B006 (USA model only) Printer Model – 45 CPPM...

  • Page 373: Optional Equipment

    220 ~ 240 Vac: 224/240 V version (from the copier) Power Consumption: 50 W Weight: Less than 25 kg (55.1 lb) Size (W x D x H): 540 mm x 600 mm x 270 mm (21.3” x 23.6” x 10.6”) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 374: Sheet Finisher

    Cartridge (3,000 staples/cartridge) Power Source: 24 Vdc, 5 Vdc (from the copier/printer) Power Consumption: 48 W Weight: 21 kg (46.3 lbs) Dimensions (W x D x 568 x 520 x 625 mm (22.4” x 20.5” x 24.6”) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 375 Less than 53 kg (116.8 lb) (without punch unit) Less than 55 kg (121.3 lb) (with punch unit) Size (W x D x H): 680 mm x 620 mm x 1030 mm (26.8” x 24.4” x 40.6”) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 376 DC24 V, 5 V (from the main unit) Dimensions (W x D x H): 600 mm x 550 mm x 960 mm (23.6” x 21.7” x 37.8”) Weight: 40 kg (88.2 lb) NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 377 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA AUTO REVERSE DOCUMENT FEEDER B351 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 378 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 379: Replacement And Adjustment

    The hinge of the ARDF is spring-loaded and becomes much lighter with all the covers removed. After removing all the covers, lay a heavy book on the front right corner of the ARDF to prevent it from springing up unexpectedly. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 380: Original Feed Unit

    1. Open the top cover. 2. Original feed unit [A] Press it toward you on its shaft to release and lift out. B351R101.WMF 1.3 ORIGINAL PICK-UP ROLLER 1. Original feed unit (☛ 1.2) 2. Pick-up roller [A] (# x1) B351R102.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 381: Original Feed Belt

    NOTE: Before removing the shaft, note carefully the positioning of the spring [B]. This must be reset during re-installation. 3. Feed belt cover [C] (Timing belt, gear, shaft, springs x2). NOTE: Do not lose the springs. 4. Original feed belt [D]. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 382: Skew Correction/Interval/ Registration/Original Width Sensors

    2. Upper original guide [A] (! x3). 3. Skew correction sensor [B] (" x1) 4. Interval sensor [C] (" x1) 5. Registration sensor [D] (" x1) 6. Original width sensor bracket [E] (! x1, " x4) 7. Original width sensors [F] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 383: Original Length Sensors

    2. Lower cover of original tray [A] (! x4) 3. Original length sensor-1 [B] (" x1) 4. Original length sensor-2 [C] (" x1) B351R107.WMF 1.7 SEPARATION ROLLER 1. Original feed unit.(☛ 1.2) 2. Separation roller cover [A]. 3. Separation roller [B] (# x1) B351R108.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 384: Inverter /Original Set Sensors

    SENSOR/PICK-UP HP SENSOR 1. Rear cover (☛ 1.1) 2. Pick-up motor [A] (" x1, ! x2, Timing belt) 3. Sensor bracket [B] (" x2, ! x1) 4. Pick-up HP sensor [C] 5. Original stopper HP sensor [D] B351R114.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 385: Scanner Motor And Inverter Motor

    3. Motor bracket [B] (! x3, " x2, Timing belt x2) 4. Scanner motor [C] (! x2) NOTE: To re-install the scanner motor, secure the motor after the motor bracket has been installed. 5. Inverter motor [D] (! x2) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 386: Feed Motor, Skew Correction Roller Clutch

    3. Feed motor [B] (spring [C] x1) NOTE: To re-install the feed motor, secure the motor after the motor bracket has been installed. 4. Clutch stopper [D] (! x1) 5. Skew correction roller clutch [E] (" x1) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 387: Exit Sensor

    2. Open the original guide [A]. 3. Plate [B] (! x1) 4. Stamp solenoid [C] (! x1, " x1) B351R201.WMF 1.14 CONTROLLER BOARD 1. Rear cover (☛ 1.1) 2. Controller board [A] (! x4, all ") B351R202.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 388: Troubleshooting

    4320 pps 10866 pps C C W Transport Motor O F F O F F DF Gate Exit Sn. O F F Inverter Motor O F F JAM6 JAM7 JAM5 JAM4 JAM3 JAM2 JAM1 B351D500.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 8-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 389: A4(S)/Lt(S) Double-Sided Original Mode

    Inverter Motor O F F 1500 pps 4400 pps 7 3 m m 6 0 m m Inverter Sol. O F F Inverter Sn. O F F J A M 9 J A M 8 B351D501.WMF 8-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 390: Jam Detection

    The inverter sensor does not turn on after the inverter motor has fed (Jam 8) the original 50 mm. Interval sensor jam The interval sensor does not turn on after the inverter motor has fed (Jam 9) the original 388.66 mm. B003/B004/B006/B007 8-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 391: Service Tables

    Free run: one-sided (mixed original size mode) 100% 3.2 TEST POINTS Label Monitored Signal TP100 (GND) Ground TP101 (Vcc) TP103 (TXD) TXD to the copier TP104 (RXD) RXD from the copier 3.3 FUSES Function FU101 Protects the 24 V line. 8-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 392: Detailed Description

    Original Size Detection Sensors. Comprised of 4 width sensors and 2 length sensors, detect the sizes of the originals. Original Transport Mechanism. Comprised of the transport roller, ADF exposure glass, and exit roller. Original Reverse/Exit Mechanism. Exit/junction gate. B003/B004/B006/B007 8-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 393: Drive Layout

    B351D102.WMF 1 Feed motor 7 Inverter roller 2 Feed belt 8 Exit roller 3 Pick-up roller 9 Separation roller 4 Pick-up motor 10 Transport roller 5 Transport motor 11 Skew correction roller 6 Inverter motor 8-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 394: Original Size Detection

    The ARDF detects the original size by combining the readings of four width sensors and two length sensors. This integrated detection mechanism is detailed in the table on the next page. B003/B004/B006/B007 8-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 395 10½” x 7¼” S 8” x 10” L HLT L 5½” x 8½” HLT S 8½” x 5 ½“ 267 x 390 mm 195 x 267 mm 267 x 195 mm L: Lengthways S: Sideways ON: Paper present 8-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 396: Mixed Original Size Mode

    (the detected document width x 432 mm) is prepared. Next, only the portion of the image up to the detected document length is read from memory and printed. B003/B004/B006/B007 8-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 397: Original Feed-In Mechanism

    [G] turns on to feed the top sheet of paper. After being fed from the pick-up roller, the top sheet is separated from the stack by the separation roller [H] and the feed belt [I]. 8-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 398: Original Skew Correction

    When the leading edge of the original activates the interval sensor [A], the feed motor slows to match the speed of paper transport. B003/B004/B006/B007 8-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 399: Original Transport And Exit

    [C], the transport motor rotates the transport roller. The transport roller then feeds the original through scanning area. After scanning, the original is fed out by the exit roller to the exit tray. 8-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 400: Double-Sided Originals

    [G] a second time and turned over. This ensures that the double side original will be properly stacked in the correct order, front side down, in the original exit tray [H]. B351D108.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 8-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 401: Stamp

    (immediate transmission) or stored successfully (memory transmission). After stamping, the ARDF feed motor re-starts to feed out the document. NOTE: The position of the stamp can be adjusted with the Stamp Position Adjustment SP mode. 8-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 402: Df70 Software Modification History

    July 2001 1.79 Production motor remains on and/or a DF jam occurs. Part Number Version Production C. SUM B3515620J 1.79 0E62 July 2001 production B3515620G 1.75 17E9 June 2001 production 1.74 862A 1st mass production B3515620F B003/B004/B006/B007 8-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 403 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LARGE CAPACITY TRAY A683 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 404 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 405: Overall Machine Information

    5 steps (100%, 75%, 50%, 25%, Near end) Power Source: 24 Vdc, 5 Vdc (from copier) Power Consumption: 40 W Weight: 17 kg Size (W x D x H): 390 mm x 500 mm x 390 mm B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 406: Mechanical Component Layout

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MECHANICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT 1.2 MECHANICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT A683V500.WMF 1. Relay Roller 5. Paper End Sensor 2. Relay Sensor 6. Paper Tray 3. Paper Feed Roller 7. Separation Roller 4. Pick-up Roller B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 407: Electrical Component Layout

    13. Down Switch 5. Paper Height 2 Sensor 14. Relay Sensor 6. Paper Height 3 Sensor 15. Paper End Sensor 7. Main Board 16. Lift Sensor 8. Side Fence Position Sensor 17. Pick-up Solenoid 9. Lower Limit Sensor B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 408: Electrical Component Description

    Solenoids Pick-up Controls up-down movement of the pick-up SOL1 roller. Magnetic Clutches Paper Feed Drives the paper feed roller. Relay Drives the relay roller. PCBs Main Controls the LCT and communicates with the PCB1 copier. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 409: Drive Layout

    1.5 DRIVE LAYOUT A683V502.WMF 1. Relay Clutch 6. Tray Drive Belts 2. Paper Feed Clutch 7. Lift Motor 3. LCT Motor 8. Separation Roller 4. Tray Bottom Plate 9. Paper Feed Roller 5. Pick-up Roller 10. Relay Roller B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 410: Detailed Descriptions

    This machine uses the FRR (Feed and Reverse Roller) paper feed system (paper feed roller [A], separation roller [B], pick-up roller [C]). When the start key is pressed, the pick-up solenoid [D] energizes and the pick-up roller touches the paper. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 411: Tray Lift And Paper Height Detection Mechanism

    Sensor 2 Sensor 3 Near end On (High) Off (Low) Off (Low) Off (Low) On (High) Off (Low) Off (Low) On (High) On (High) Off (Low) Off (Low) On (High) 100% Off (Low) Off (Low) Off (Low) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 412: Tray Unit Slide Mechanism

    [A] and can slide the LCT away from the copier to remove the jammed paper. When sliding the LCT back into position, the LCT is secured against the copier in the correct position by the docking pins [B] on the LCT. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 413: Service Tables

    TP104 (RXD) RXD from the copier TP105 (5 V) +5 V TP106 (GND) Ground 3.3 SWITCHES Function SW101 Starts the free run SW102 Stops the free run 3.4 FUSES Function FU101 Protects the 24 V line. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 414: Replacement And Adjustment

    3. Remove the rear cover [D] (3 screws). Right Lower Cover 1. Remove the right lower cover [E] (2 screws). Upper Cover 1. Remove the front cover. 2. Remove the rear cover. 3. Remove the upper cover [F]. B003/B004/B006/B007 9-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 415: Roller Replacement

    3. Replace the pick-up roller [A] (1 snap ring). Paper Feed Roller 3. Replace the paper feed roller [B] (1 snap ring). Separation Roller 3. Remove the guide plate [C] (2 screws). 4. Replace the separation roller [D] (1 snap ring). 9-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 416: Tray Lift And Paper End Sensor Replacement

    2. Remove the upper cover. 3. Remove the sensor bracket [A] (1 screw). Tray Lift Sensor 3. Replace the tray lift sensor [B] (1 connector). Paper End Sensor 3. Replace the paper end sensor [C] (1 connector). B003/B004/B006/B007 9-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 417: Relay Sensor Replacement

    RELAY SENSOR REPLACEMENT 4.4 RELAY SENSOR REPLACEMENT A683R503.WMF 1. Pull out the LCT. 2. Remove the joint guide [A] (4 screws). 3. Remove the sensor bracket [B] (1 screw). 4. Replace the relay sensor [C] (1 connector). 9-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 418: Side Fence Position Change

    1. Push the down switch to lower the tray bottom plate until it reaches its lowest position. 2. Remove the tray cover. 3. Remove the front and rear side fences [A, B] (1 screw each). 4. Install the side fences in the correct position. B003/B004/B006/B007 9-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 419 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER TRAY UNIT A682 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 420 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 421 120 Vac: 115 V version (from the copier) 220 ~ 240 Vac: 224/240 V version (from the copier) Power Consumption: 50 W Weight: 25 kg Size (W x D x H): 540 mm x 600 mm x 270 mm 10-1 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 422 6. Lower Paper Feed Roller 2. Upper Paper Feed Roller 7. Lower Separation Roller 3. Upper Relay Roller 8. Lower Pick-up Roller 4. Upper Separation Roller 9. Lower Tray 5. Lower Relay Roller 10. Upper Tray B003/B004/B006/B007 10-2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 423 7. Upper Paper Feed Clutch 17. Lower Paper Height 1 Sensor 8. Tray Lift Motor 18. Upper Paper Height 2 Sensor 9. Lower Paper Feed Clutch 19. Upper Paper Height 1 Sensor 10. Vertical Guide Switch 10-3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 424 Starts paper feed from the upper tray. Feed Lower Paper Starts paper feed from the lower tray. Feed Relay Drives the transport rollers. PCBs Main Controls the paper tray unit and PCB1 communicates with copier. B003/B004/B006/B007 10-4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 425 3. Upper Paper Feed Clutch 9. Upper Separation Roller 4. Lower Paper Feed Clutch 10. Upper Relay Roller 5. Lower Relay Roller 11. Upper Paper Feed Roller 6. Lower Separation Roller 12. Upper Pick-up Roller 10-5 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 426 When the paper tray is put into the paper tray unit, it pushes the release lever [E]. This causes the pick-up roller to move down (top diagram) and the separation roller to move into contact with the paper feed roller (bottom diagram). B003/B004/B006/B007 10-6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 427: Paper Lift Mechanism

    When the machine detects that the paper tray is in the machine, the tray lift motor [C] rotates and the coupling gear [D] on the tray lift motor engages the pin [E] on the lift arm shaft [F]. Then the tray lift arm [G] lifts the tray bottom plate [H]. 10-7 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 428 When the tray is drawn out of the machine, the tray lift motor coupling gear disengages the pin on the lift arm shaft, and the tray bottom plate then drops under its own weight. B003/B004/B006/B007 10-8 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 429 When the paper tray runs out of paper, the paper end feeler drops into the cutout [C] in the tray bottom plate and the paper end sensor is activated. When the paper tray is drawn out, the paper end feeler is lifted up by the pick-up roller supporter [D]. 10-9 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 430: Paper Height Detection

    The following combination of sensor signals is sent to the copier. Amount of Paper Height Paper Height Paper Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Full Near Full Near End 1 Near End 2 Near End 1 Near End 2 A682D505.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 10-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 431: Test Points

    (RXD) RXD from the copier TP105 (5 V) +5 V TP106 (GND) Ground 3.3 SWITCHES Function SW101 Starts the free run SW102 Stops the free run 3.4 FUSES Function FU101 Protects the 24 V line. 10-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 432: Replacement And Adjustment

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA COVER REPLACEMENT 4. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT 4.1 COVER REPLACEMENT A682R500.WMF Right Cover 1. Remove the right cover [A] (2 screws). Rear Cover 1. Remove the rear cover [B] (2 screws). B003/B004/B006/B007 10-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 433: Roller Replacement

    1. Remove the paper tray. Pick-up Roller 2. Replace the pick-up roller [A]. Paper Feed Roller 2. Replace the paper feed roller [B] (1 snap ring). Separation Roller 2. Replace the separation roller [C] (1 snap ring). 10-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 434: Tray Motor Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TRAY MOTOR REPLACEMENT 4.3 TRAY MOTOR REPLACEMENT A682R502.WMF 1. Remove the rear cover. 2. Remove the tray motor [A] (1 connector, 3 screws). B003/B004/B006/B007 10-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 435: Paper Feed And Relay Clutch Replacement

    4. Remove the gear holder [C] (3 screws, 1 spring, 1 bearing). 5. Replace the relay clutch [D] (1 connector). 6. Replace the upper feed clutch [E] (1 bushing, 1 connector). 7. Replace the lower feed clutch [F] (1 connector). 10-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 436: Paper Feed Unit Replacement

    2. Remove the upper and lower paper feed clutch holder. 3. Remove the gear holder. 4. Remove the upper feed clutch [A] or lower feed clutch [B]. 5. Remove the upper or lower gear [C, D]. B003/B004/B006/B007 10-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 437: Upper Paper Feed Unit

    8. Remove the upper paper feed unit [C] (2 screws, 1 connector). Lower Paper Feed Unit 6. Remove the docking bracket [D] (1 screw). 7. Remove the vertical transport guide [E] (2 screws). 8. Remove the lower paper feed unit [F] (2 screws, 1 connector). 10-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 438: Paper End, Tray Lift, And Relay Sensor Replacement

    2. Replace the paper end sensor [A] (1 connector). Tray Lift Sensor 2. Replace the tray lift sensor [B] (1 connector). Relay Sensor 2. Remove the sensor bracket [C] (1 screw). 3. Replace the relay sensor [D] (1 connector). B003/B004/B006/B007 10-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 439 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA BRIDGE UNIT A688/B397 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 440 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 441: Overall Machine Information

    Standard sizes Paper Size: A6 lengthwise to A3 HLT to DLT Non-standard sizes Width: 100 to 305 mm Length: 148 to 432 mm Paper Weight: 52 g/m ~ 135 g/m , 16 lb ~ 42 lb B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 442: Mechanical Component Layout

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA MECHANICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT 1.2 MECHANICAL COMPONENT LAYOUT A688V500.WMF 1. Upper Exit Roller 5. Relay Sensor 2. Junction Gate Solenoid 6. 2nd Transport Roller 3. Junction Gate 7. Left Exit Roller 4. 1st Transport Roller B003/B004/B006/B007 11-2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 443: Electrical Component Layout

    Right Guide Detects when the right guide is opened. Left Guide Detects when the left guide is opened. Solenoids Junction Gate Moves the junction gate to direct the paper SOL1 to the upper or left tray. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 444: Drive Layout

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DRIVE LAYOUT 1.5 DRIVE LAYOUT A688V502.WMF 1. Left Exit Roller 3. Upper Exit Roller 2. 2nd Transport Roller 4. 1st Transport Roller B003/B004/B006/B007 11-4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 445: Detailed Description

    When the left tray or the finisher is selected, the junction gate stays off and the paper is sent to the left tray or the finisher through the transport rollers [D] and the left exit roller. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 446: Replacement And Adjustment

    2. Remove the rear upper cover [A] (1 screw). 3. Remove the upper cover unit [B] (2 screws, 2 connectors). 4. Remove the exit guide plate [C] (2 screws). 5. Replace the exit sensor [D] (1 connector). B003/B004/B006/B007 11-6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 447 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 1-BIN TRAY B376 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 448 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 449: Specifications

    125 sheets (80 g/m , 20 lb) Power Source: 5 Vdc, 24 Vdc (from copier) Power Consumption: 15 W Weight: 4 kg Size (W x D x H): 470 mm x 550 mm x 110 mm 12-1 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 450: Mechanical Component And Drive Layout

    MECHANICAL COMPONENT AND DRIVE LAYOUT 1.2 MECHANICAL COMPONENT AND DRIVE LAYOUT B376V500.WMF B376V501.WMF 1. Paper Limit Sensor 5. Paper Sensor 2. Exit Roller 6. Paper Tray 3. Entrance Sensor 7. Tray Motor 4. Entrance Roller B003/B004/B006/B007 12-2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 451: Electrical Component Layout

    Detects whether the tray motor is turning. Switches Right Cover Detects whether the right cover is opened. PCBs Main Controls the 1-bin tray and communicates PCB1 with the copier. LEDs LED1 Paper Indicator Indicates when there is paper in the tray. 12-3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 452: Detailed Descriptions

    When the paper limit sensor stays on for more than the expected time (based on the copy speed and paper size), the copier indicates that the tray is full. B003/B004/B006/B007 12-4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 453: Replacement And Adjustment

    2. Remove the front cover [A] (1 screw). Upper Cover 1. Remove the scanner unit. 2. Remove the upper cover [B] (2 screws). Rear Cover 1. Remove the scanner unit. 2. Remove the rear cover [C] (2 screws). 12-5 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 454: Paper Sensor Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA PAPER SENSOR REPLACEMENT 3.2 PAPER SENSOR REPLACEMENT B376R501.WMF 1. Remove the front cover. 2. Remove the exit guide plate [A] (1 screw). 3. Replace the paper sensor [B] (1 connector). B003/B004/B006/B007 12-6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 455: Entrance And Paper Limit Sensor Replacement

    1. Remove the front and upper covers. Paper Limit Sensor 2. Replace the paper limit sensor [A] (1 connector). Entrance Sensor 2. Remove the sensor bracket [B] (1 screw, 1 spring). 3. Replace the entrance sensor [C] (1 connector). 12-7 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 456 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 457 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 1,000-SHEET FINISHER A681 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 458 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 459: Overall Machine Information

    Staple Positions: Staple Replenishment: Cartridge (3,000 staples/cartridge) Power Source: 24 Vdc, 5 Vdc (from the copier) Power Consumption: 48 W Weight: 21 kg Dimensions (W x D x H): 568 x 520 x 625 mm 13-1 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 460: Mechanical Component Layout

    7. Lower Transport Roller 2. Exit Roller 8. Entrance Roller 3. Exit Roller Release Cam 9. Stapler Unit 4. Upper Transport Roller 10. Positioning Roller 5. Middle Transport Roller 11. Stack Feed-out Belt 6. Junction Gate B003/B004/B006/B007 13-2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 461: Electrical Component Layout

    24. Jogger Fence Motor 11. Transport Motor 25. Jogger Unit Paper Sensor 12. Positioning Roller Solenoid 26. Rear Fence Motor 13. Shift Tray Lower Limit Sensor 27. Rear Fence HP Sensor 14. Entrance Sensor 28. Stack Feed-out Motor 13-3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 462: Electrical Component Descriptions

    Detects the lower limit position of the shift Lower Limit tray. Shift Tray Detects the stop position of the shift tray Half-turn during the side-to-side movement. Solenoids SOL1 Junction Gate Drives the junction gate. Positioning Moves the positioning roller. SOL2 Roller B003/B004/B006/B007 13-4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 463 Cuts the dc power when the right cover is Safety opened. Cartridge Set Detects whether a staple cartridge is installed. Staple End Detects staples in the cartridge. PCBs Main Controls the finisher and communicates with PCB1 the copier. 13-5 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 464: Drive Layout

    13. Stack Feed-out Motor 5. Shift Motor 14. Rear Fence Motor 6. Lower Transport Roller 15. Jogger Fence Motor 7. Positioning Roller Drive Roller 16. Jogger Fence 8. Transport Motor 17. Stack Feed-out Belt 9. Entrance Roller B003/B004/B006/B007 13-6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 465: Detailed Descriptions

    When the exit sensor of the copier turns on, the junction gate solenoid is energized. The paper is sent to the jogger unit. No staple mode The junction gate solenoid stays off and the paper is sent to the shift tray directly. 13-7 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 466: Jogger Unit Paper Positioning Mechanism

    20 mm against the rear fence to align the paper horizontally. Then the jogger fence moves back to the previous position. The stapler is mounted on the rear fence. B003/B004/B006/B007 13-8 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 467: Exit Guide Plate Open/Close Mechanism

    When the exit guide plate open sensor [E] turns on, the motor stops. When stapling is finished, the exit guide plate motor turns on again to close the exit guide plate. When the exit guide plate HP sensor [F] turns on, the motor stops. 13-9 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 468: Stapler

    If there is no staple cartridge in the stapler unit or no staples in the staple cartridge, staple end is indicated on the operation panel. This machine has only one stapling position. B003/B004/B006/B007 13-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 469: Feed Out Mechanism

    When the stack has been fed out to the shift tray, the stack feed-out motor turns on again. When the stack feed-out belt HP sensor [C] turns on, the stack feed-out motor turns off. 13-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 470: Shift Tray Up/Down Mechanism

    The shift tray upper limit switch [F] prevents the drive gears from being damaged if the stack height sensor fails. When the shift tray turns on the shift tray upper limit switch, the switch cuts the power to the shift tray lift motor. B003/B004/B006/B007 13-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 471: Shift Tray Side-To-Side Mechanism

    [F] and the shift motor stops. The next set of copies is then delivered. The motor turns on, repeating the same process and moving the tray back to the previous position. 13-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 472: Jam Conditions

    2. When the exit sensor does not turn off within 1,000 ms after it turns on. 3. When the exit sensor does not turn on in no staple mode within 1,250 ms after the entrance sensor turns on. B003/B004/B006/B007 13-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 473: Timing Charts

    O F F O F F Copier Finisher Shift Motor ON Exit Completed Exit Completed Exit Completed Exit Completed Exit Completed Exit Completed Finisher Copier Transport Motor Exit Motor Entrance Sensor Exit Sensor Shift Motor A681D508.WMF 13-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 474: Staple Mode (A4 Sideways, 2 Sheets/2 Sets)

    Exit Completed Exit Completed Stapling Completed Finisher Copier Transport Motor Exit Motor Junction Gate Solenoid Entrance Sensor Exit Sensor Positioning Roller Solenoid Jogger Fence Motor Rear Fence Motor Staple Hammer Motor Stack Feed-out Motor A681D509.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 13-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 475: Service Tables

    3.1 DIP SWITCH TABLE DPS101 Description Default Free run: staple mode Free run: no-staple mode 3.2 TEST POINTS Label Monitored Signal TP100 (5 V) +5 V TP101 (GND) Ground 3.3 FUSES Function FU100 Protects the 24 V line. 13-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 476: Replacement And Adjustment

    Rear Cover 1. Remove the rear cover [C] (2 screws). Upper Cover 1. Remove the front door. 2. Remove the front cover. 3. Remove the rear cover. 4. Remove the upper cover [D] (2 screws). B003/B004/B006/B007 13-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 477: Lower Left Cover

    1. Remove the front shift tray cover [B] (1 screw). Rear Shift Tray Cover 1. Remove the rear shift tray cover [C] (1 screw). Shift Tray 1. Remove the shift tray [D] (1 snap ring). 13-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 478: Entrance Sensor Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA ENTRANCE SENSOR REPLACEMENT 4.2 ENTRANCE SENSOR REPLACEMENT A681R501.WMF 1. Remove the finisher from the copier. 2. Replace the entrance sensor [A] (1 connector). B003/B004/B006/B007 13-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 479: Exit Sensor Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA EXIT SENSOR REPLACEMENT 4.3 EXIT SENSOR REPLACEMENT A681R502.WMF 1. Remove the upper cover. 2. Remove the exit sensor bracket [A] (1 screw). 3. Replace the exit sensor [B] (1 screw, 1 connector). 13-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 480: Stack Height Sensor Replacement

    7. Remove the end fence [F] (1 snap ring). 8. Remove the stack height sensor cover [G] (1 screw). 9. Remove the stack height sensor bracket [H] (1 screw). 10. Replace the stack height sensor [I] (1 connector). B003/B004/B006/B007 13-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 481: Positioning Roller Replacement

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA POSITIONING ROLLER REPLACEMENT 4.5 POSITIONING ROLLER REPLACEMENT A681R506.WMF 1. Pull out the jogger unit. 2. Remove the snap ring [A]. 3. Release the rubber belt [B]. 4. Remove the positioning roller [C]. 13-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 482: Stapler Replacement

    3. Remove the lower cover screw [B]. 4. Remove the upper cover [C] (2 screws). 5. Remove the stapler with the lower cover [D] (2 screws). 6. Release the harness from the lower cover. 7. Replace the stapler. B003/B004/B006/B007 13-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 483 A681 can also be used with the A265 and A267. This change has no effect on the A232 series. Corrects the following: A6815103F • Stapled paper did not stack straight. Corrects the following: A6815103E • Paper rolling on the shift tray. 13-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 484 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 485 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TWO-TRAY FINISHER B352 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 486 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 487: Replacement And Adjustment

    2. Bracket [B] (! x1) 3. Front door [C] 4. Rear cover [D] (! x4) B352R101.WMF 1.1.2 INNER COVER 1. Front cover (☛ 1.1.1) 2. Inner cover [A] (! x3, tabs [B] x3) B352R102.WMF 14-1 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 488: Positioning Roller

    2. Positioning roller [A] (" x1) 3. Belt [B] B352R103.WMF 1.3 TRAY 1 EXIT SENSOR 1. Top cover (☛ 1.1.1) 2. Open transport door [A] 3. Bracket [B] (! x1, (# x1) 4. Tray 1 exit sensor [C] B352R104.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 14-2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 489: Entrance Sensor/Stapler Tray Entrance Sensor

    2. Two clamps [A] 3. Harnesses [B] (# x8) 4. Stapler tray [C] (! x2 [D], ! x2 [E]) At the front of the finisher, pull the stapler tray toward you and lift it out. 14-3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 490: Upper Stack Height Sensors/Tray 1 Upper Limit Switch

    4. Tray 1 back fence [C] (! x4) 5. Sensor stay [D] (! x2, (# x4) 6. Plastic bracket [E] (! x1) 7. Stack height sensors [F] 8. Metal bracket [G] (! x1) 9. Upper limit switch [H] B003/B004/B006/B007 14-4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 491: Exit Guide Plate Motor

    Disengage the shaft of the exit guide plate motor from the ring. B352R111.WMF 1.8 LIFT MOTORS 1. Top cover and rear cover (☛ 1.1.1) 2. Tray 1 back fence [A] (☛ 1.6) 3. Sensor stay [B] (! x4) B352R203.WMF 14-5 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 492 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA LIFT MOTORS 4. Motor bracket [C] (! x3, # x 2) B352R204.WMF 5. Tray 1 lift motor [D] (! x2, drive belt) 6. Tray 2 lift motor [E] (! x2, drive belt) B352R205.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 14-6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 493: Lower Exit Sensor

    B352R112.WMF 4. Guide plate exit assembly [B] (# x1, " x1) B352R113.WMF 5. Anti-static brush [C] (! x2) 6. Bracket guide exit [D] (! x2) 7. Lower exit sensor [E] (! x1, # x1) B352R114.WMF 14-7 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 494: Lower Stack Height Sensors

    5. Lower stack height sensors [D] B352R116.WMF 1.11 TRAY 2 SHUNT POSITION SENSOR 1. Stapler tray (☛ 1.5) 2. Sensor bracket [A] (! x1, # x1) 3. Tray 2 position shunt sensor [B] (! x1) B351R202.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 14-8 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 495: Stapler Unit

    1.13 STAPLER ROTATION HP SENSOR 1. Stapler unit (☛ 1.12) 2. Carefully rotate the stapler holder [A]. 3. Stapler cover [B] (! x1) 4. Sensor bracket [C] (! x1, # x1) 5. Stapler rotation HP sensor [D] B352R118.WMF 14-9 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 496: Tray 1 Interior

    1. Tray 1 [A] (! x1) 2. Rear tray cover [B] (! x1) 3. Front tray cover [C] (! x1) 4. Bottom tray cover [D] (! x2) B352R207.WMF 5. Bottom bracket [E] (! x3) B352R208.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 14-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 497: Tray Shift Sensors And Tray Release Sensor

    2. Motor bracket [A] (! x3, # x1) 3. Tray 1 shift motor [B] (! x3, belt x1) B352R209.WMF 1.14.4 BACK FENCE LOCK CLUTCH 1. Tray 1 covers (☛ 1.14.1) 2. Back fence lock clutch [A] (" x1, # B352R211.WMF 14-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 498: Finisher Main Board

    1. Rear cover (☛ 1.1.1) 2. Punch unit [A] (! x3, # x5) 3. Spacers [B] The punch position can be adjusted by up to 4 mm using combinations of the 3 spacers provided with the finisher. B352R119.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 14-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 499: Troubleshooting

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TIMING CHARTS 2. TROUBLESHOOTING 2.1 TIMING CHARTS 2.1.1 A4(S)/LT(S) SHIFT MODE WITH PUNCH – TRAY 1 B352D501.WMF 14-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 500: A4(S)/Lt(S) Shift Mode With Punch – Tray 2

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TIMING CHARTS 2.1.2 A4(S)/LT(S) SHIFT MODE WITH PUNCH – TRAY 2 B352D502.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 14-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 501: A4(S)/Lt(S) Staple Mode With Punch

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TIMING CHARTS 2.1.3 A4(S)/LT(S) STAPLE MODE WITH PUNCH B352D503.WMF 14-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 502: Jam Detection

    1260 ms after the stack feed-out motor turns On check Lower tray exit The lower exit sensor does not off within sensor: 1500 ms after it turns on. Off check Counted by entrance motor pulses because timing differs for feed out. B003/B004/B006/B007 14-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 503: Dip Switches

    DIP switches off to put the machine into factory default mode. 3.2 TEST POINTS Label Monitored Signal TP101 Ground TP102 TP103 Received command data TP104 Transmitted command data 3.3 FUSES Function FU101 Protects 24 V. 14-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 504: Detailed Descriptions

    Shift trays: Tray 1 (upper) and tray 2 (lower) shift side to side in the sort mode, and raise and lower to receive ejected copies. Stapler tray jogger: Employs positioning rollers and jogger fences to align stacks for stapling. Punch unit. Punches holes in stacked copies. B003/B004/B006/B007 14-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 505: Drive Layout

    5. Tray 1 shift motor 14. Entrance motor 6. Exit guide plate motor 15. Stack feed-out motor 7. Lower exit roller 16. Jogger motor 8. Tray 2 shift motor 17. Stapler motor 9. Exit motor 18. Stapler rotation motor 14-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 506: Junction Gates

    [B] are off, and copies go to the lower exit. B302D505.WMF In staple mode, the tray junction solenoid [A] is off and the stapler junction gate solenoid [B] is on, and copies go to the stapler tray. B302D507.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 14-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 507: Tray Shifting

    The shift tray moves in one direction until one of the shift sensors detects the cut-out. Then the shift tray stops. The next set of prints is then delivered, and the gear disk is turned in the opposite direction until the other shift sensor is activated. 14-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 508: Tray 2 (Lower Tray)

    After the gear disk has turned 180 degrees, the cut-out in the gear disk enters the tray half-turn sensor [E], and the motor stops. When the next set of prints is delivered, the motor turns on again, and moves the tray back to its previous position. B003/B004/B006/B007 14-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 509: Tray Up/Down Mechanisms

    The upper limit switch for tray 1 [H] prevents the drive gear from being damaged if the upper stack height sensor 1 should fail. If the tray is raised to the tray positioning roller [I], the switch will automatically cut the power to the tray 1 lift motor. 14-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 510: Staple Mode

    The method of paper height detection is the same as for the upper exit area. When the tray lowers during printing, the actuator will enter the tray 1 overflow 2 sensor [G]. When this happens, the machine detects that the paper stack height has exceeded the overflow limit. B003/B004/B006/B007 14-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 511: Tray 1 Release Mechanism

    [E]. This moves the tray back against the finisher. Next, tray 1 lifts until the finisher detects that the tray is at the correct height. B352D202.WMF 14-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 512 [I]. This prevents the springs inside the back fence from suddenly contracting (these springs normally keep the tray steady during side-to-side shift). B352D203.WMF Then, tray 1 is released and it moves up to the upper exit area. B003/B004/B006/B007 14-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 513: Tray 2

    The lower limit sensor [G] for tray 2 detects when tray 2 is at its lowest limit and stops the tray 2 lift motor. The function of the tray 2 upper limit switch [H] is the same as for tray 1. 14-27 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 514: Pre-Stack Mechanism

    B003/B004/B006/B007 14-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 515: Jogger Unit Paper Positioning Mechanism

    5 mm towards the paper. After a short time, the jogger motor turns on again for the horizontal paper alignment then returns to the waiting position. 14-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 516: Stapler Mechanism

    However, for the next print set, it staples in the reverse order. After the stapling job is finished, the stapler returns to its home position, determined by the stapler HP sensor [E]. B003/B004/B006/B007 14-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 517: Stapler

    If a staple jam occurs and overloads the motor, this causes a staple jam message to appear on the operation panel. 14-31 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 518: Feed Out And Transport

    [I] cuts power to the tray lift motor if the guide is opened too far. This prevents damage to the user’s fingers if they are inside the lower exit when the tray is moving up. B003/B004/B006/B007 14-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 519: Punch Unit (Optional)

    [G] (until it switches on or off). This indicates that the cover [H] and the punch cam [I] have moved to one side or the other to change the number of holes. 14-33 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 520: Punch Waste Collection

    [C] moves down and this will actuate the sensor and display a message in the operation panel. This message is the same as for the hopper full condition. B003/B004/B006/B007 14-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 521 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA NINE-TRAY MAILBOX AND BRIDGE UNIT G909/G912 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 522 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 523: Overall Machine Information

    BRIDGE UNIT BRIDGE UNIT TYPE 460 TYPE 460 TYPE 460 NOTE: The installation of the G909 MailBox requires that the A688 Bridge Unit Type 450 and the A682 Paper Tray Unit (PS360) must also be installed. 15-1 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 524: Mechanical Component Layout

    19. Paper Overflow Sensor 8. Proof Tray Exit Roller 20. Paper Sensor 9. Proof Tray Exit Sensor 21. 9th Tray 10. Proof Tray Junction Gate 22. 1st Tray 11. Entrance Roller 23. Bridge Unit 12. Entrance Sensor B003/B004/B006/B007 15-2 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 525: Drive Layout

    COMPONENT LAYOUT 1.2.2 DRIVE LAYOUT G909V501.WMF G909V502.WMF G909V503.WMF 1. Proof Tray Exit Roller 5. Entrance Roller 2. Proof Tray Transport Motor 6. Vertical Transport Motor 3. Bridge Exit Roller 7. Tray Feed-out Roller 4. Transport Motor 15-3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 526: Electrical Component Layout

    Informs the CPU when there is paper on Paper 6 the 6th tray. Informs the CPU when there is paper on Paper 7 the 7th tray. Informs the CPU when there is paper on Paper 8 the 8th tray. B003/B004/B006/B007 15-4 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 527: Electrical Component Description

    Switches Cuts the +24 V power line and detects Bridge Cover when the bridge cover is opened. Cuts the +24 V power line and detects Front Cover when the front cover is opened. 15-5 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 528: Detailed Descriptions

    When the proof tray is selected as the output tray, the transport motor and the vertical transport motor energize. Each tray gate [C] is individually controlled by a solenoid. When a solenoid is energized, the tray gate opens and the paper goes into the tray. B003/B004/B006/B007 15-6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 529: Proof Tray Sensors

    When this occurs, a message will be displayed on the operation panel and the machine stops printing until the paper stack on the proof tray is removed. 15-7 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 530: Tray Sensors

    The machine detects paper leaving trays 1 to 3 using the sensor above tray 1 and the one on tray 3. When paper passes between those sensors, the light from the LED above tray 1 is interrupted. B003/B004/B006/B007 15-8 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 531: Timing Chart And Misfeed Detection

    100 pulses Vertical Transport Motor 1st Tray Sol. Tray Exit Sensor G909D502.WMF A4 Sideways (to Proof Tray) Transport Motor Proof Transport Motor Entrance Sensor Proof Junction Gate Sol. Relay Junction Gate Sol. Proof Exit Sensor G909D500.WMF 15-9 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 532 J6: A sensor does de-activate within the specified number of pulses after that sensor has been activated. Number of pulses = Paper length (in the paper feed direction) x 1.5 1 pulse = 0.1707 mm B003/B004/B006/B007 15-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 533: Installation Procedure

    When the mailbox is going to be installed to the A230, A231, or A232 machines, the following options for the main machine are required. 1. Bridge Unit Type 450 (A688) 2. Paper Tray Unit – PS360 (A682) 15-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 534: Installation Procedure

    MAILBOX (G909) 1.1.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE G909I500.WMF G909I509.WMF - A230, A231, A232, B003 and B004 machines - CAUTION Unplug the main machines power cord before starting the following procedure. NOTE: 1) When the finisher (A697) is installed on the machine, the bridge unit for the mailbox (G912) must be installed.
  • Page 535 NOTE: When attaching the cushion to position [H], cut about 40 mm (1.6 inches) off one edge of the cushion. 8. Open the front cover [I] of the mailbox, and remove the screw [J] that secures the locking lever [K]. Then pull the locking lever. 15-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 536 10. Secure the locking lever (1 screw) and close the front door. 11. Connect the mailbox cable [B] to the main machine. 12. A230/A231/A232/B003/B004 machines only: Peel off the backing of the double-sided tape that is attached to the proof tray attachment [C].

  • Page 537: Bridge Unit For Mailbox (G912)

    Check the accessories in the box against the following list. Description Q’ty Guide Plate Bracket Cable Cover Switch Grounding Bracket Finisher Shielding Plate Screw - M4 x 8 Screw - M4 x 4 Screw - M3 x 6 G912I500.WMF 15-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 538: Installation Procedure

    (A697) will be installed. 2) The 3000 sheet finisher (A697) can be installed only on the A232/B003/B004 and A229 machines. 1. Unpack the bridge unit and remove the shipping retainers [A]. NOTE: Do not remove the protective sheet [B] at this time.
  • Page 539 8. Route the cable [D] and affix it to the clamp as shown. 9. Connect the cover switch [E] to the cable then install the cover switch (2 screws – M4 x 8). 10. Remove the paper guide plate [F] (2 screws). 15-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 540 13. Remove the tape [F] of the protective sheet. 14. Open the upper paper guide [G] then pull out the protective sheet [H]. NOTE: Check that all mylars are set into the gap between the paper guides. B003/B004/B006/B007 15-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 541 If the 3000 sheet finisher (A697) is going to be installed, perform steps 21 to 25. 21. Install the front joint bracket [E] and rear joint bracket [F] which are contained in the finisher’s accessory box. 15-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 542 25. Attach the finisher to the mailbox (refer to the Finisher Installation Procedure). 26. Power-on the main switch of the main machine and check the bridge unit operation. (Select a copy mode that uses the finisher.) B003/B004/B006/B007 15-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 543: Replacement And Adjustment

    6. Remove the proof tray paper overflow sensor [F]. 4.1.2 PROOF TRANSPORT UNIT 1. Remove the proof tray unit [B] and remove two screws [C]. 2. Carefully turn over the proof tray unit and remove the proof transport unit [G] (2 screws). 15-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 544: Tray Unit

    4. Open the front cover [D] and remove the cover bracket [E] (1 screw), then remove the front cover. 5. Remove the two screws [F] which secure the tray. 6. Remove the tray [G]. (First move the tray to the left and gently flex it, then remove the tray.) B003/B004/B006/B007 15-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 545: Paper Sensor, Paper Overflow Sensor And Tray Exit Sensor

    7. After replacing the tray exit sensor, perform the tray exit sensor adjustment (see Tray Exit Sensor Adjustment). NOTE: After replacing the tray exit sensor, do not put the rear cover back on the mailbox, because the tray exit sensor adjustment must be performed first. 15-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 546: Main Control Board

    1. Remove the rear cover [A] (8 screws). 2. Remove the main control board [B] (all connectors). 3. After replacing the main control board, perform the tray exit sensor adjustment procedure (see Tray Exit Sensor Adjustment). B003/B004/B006/B007 15-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 547: Tray Exit Sensor Adjustment

    7. Fully turn the appropriate variable resistor (VR) [D] clockwise, then check that the appropriate LED [E] has turned off (the relationship between tray, VR, and LED are shown in the table below). 15-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 548 TP No. Trays 1 to 3 LED 2 Trays 4 to 6 LED 3 Trays 7 to 9 LED 4 TP13 NOTE: The DIP switches to change are the same regardless of the adjusted sensor. B003/B004/B006/B007 15-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 549 LED3 will light. When the 3rd paper overflow sensor is activated, LED4 will light. Paper Overflow Sensor When the 4th paper overflow Check (4th to 6th trays) sensor is activated, LED2 will light. 15-27 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 550: Variable Resistors

    Number Monitored Signal LED1 Monitors the software operation. Blinking: Normal operation Others: Abnormal operation LED2 The LED lights when the appropriate sensor is activated. (Refer to the DIP switch table for more details.) LED3 LED4 B003/B004/B006/B007 15-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 551 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B361/ B362 PRINTER/SCANNER CONTROLLERS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 552 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 553 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Trademarks ® ® ® Microsoft , Windows , and MS-DOS are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and /or other countries. ® PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated. ® is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company. ®...
  • Page 554 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 555 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA INSTALLATION CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 556 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 557: Printer Installation

    Paper Limit Sensor Unit Tapping Screw - M3x8 To secure the paper limit sensor unit Pan Head Screw - M3x8 To secure the paper sensor Installation Procedure FCC Label Included only in the USA models. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 558 NOTE: If the NIB (G574), Postscript kit (G577), memory board (G578/G579), or IEEE1394 Interface (G590) are to be installed, remove the HDD and install them before proceeding to the next step. 5. Put back the controller board and replace the left rear cover. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 559 11. Install the four cable clamps [G], then clamp the cable as shown. 12. Lead the cable through the opening [H]. Secure the cable in place with the edge clamp attached in step 8. 13. Connect the cable to CN234 on the PCB [I]. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 560 16. Peel off the black tape [C] from the anti-static brush [D], then pull out the cable [E]. 17. Connect the cable to the sensor [F], then install the paper limit sensor unit [G] (2 screws). B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 561 20. Install the paper sensor [F] (1 screw, 1 connector) and reinstall the bridge unit. Completion 21. Remove the bottom cap [G] of the operation panel. Install the Printer key [H] on the operation panel as shown. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 562 (Configuration page: User Tools/ Printer Settings/ List Test Print/ Config. Page) 24. If the parallel cable is going to be connected, first turn off the machine. After connecting the cable, turn the machine back on. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 563 1. Remove the left rear cover [A] (2 screws). 2. Remove the controller board [B] (2 screws). B361I101.WMF 3. Install the Postscript DIMM [C] onto the controller board [D]. 4. Put back the controller board and replace the left rear cover. B361I104.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 564 3. Remove the HDD [C] (2 connectors, 3 screws). B361I102.WMF 4. Install the memory DIMM [D] onto the controller board [E]. 5. Re-install the HDD and put back the controller board. 6. Replace the left rear cover. B361I117.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 565 4. Remove the NIB slot cover [D]. 5. Attach the NIB [E] to the controller board [F] (2 screws). 6. Re-install the HDD and put back the controller board. B361I105.WMF 7. Replace the left rear cover. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 566 6. Re-install the HDD and put back the controller board. 7. Remove the wire handle on the B361I106.WMF controller panel board and place it on the back side of the left rear cover. 8. Replace the left rear cover. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 567: Checking The Connections

    2. Enter the printer user mode and print the configuration page. (User Tools/ Printer Settings/ List Test Print/ Config. Page) The same data can also be printed using the printer service mode. (“Print Summary”: SP1-004) All installed options are listed in the “System Reference” column. 1-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 568 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 569 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TROUBLESHOOTING CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 570 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 571: Controller Errors

    GW architecture includes controller SC codes in the main unit SC code table. 2.2 LEDS AND TEST POINTS LEDs and test points are not used for this option (except for the NIB ☛ section 4.4). B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 572 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 573 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SERVICE TABLES CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 574 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 575 Check first if there are any jobs stored with these features (Printer mode: View Sample Print Jobs/View Locked Print Job). Exiting the Service Mode Press “Exit” on the LCD panel to exit from the service mode. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 576: Printer Service Mode

    Selects the brand name and the production name for Windows Plug & Play. This information is stored in NVRAM. Displays the controller self-diagnostic result. 7832 Detailed Display of ☛ section 3.6 of this manual for details. Self-Diagnostics B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 577: Scanner Service Mode

    [0 – 5 / 0mm / 1mm step] 1006* Auto Reset Timer Adjusts the auto reset timer for the scanner function. If this is “0”, the auto reset function is disabled. [0, 10 – 99 / 60s / 1s step] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 578 (Text / Binary) [0-255 / 128 / 1 step] 18* Threshold Level – Notch 4 (Text / Binary) [0-255 / 128 / 1 step] 19* Brightness – Notch 3 (Text / Binary) [0-255 / 128 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 579 Smoothing Filter Selects the smoothing pattern for Text/Photo (Text/Photo / Binary) mode when using binary picture processing mode. A larger value could cause moiré to appear in the image. [0-7 / 0 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 580 [0-255 / 128 / 1 step] 26* Contrast – Notch 1 (Text/Photo / Binary) [0-255 / 128 / 1 step] 27* Threshold Level – Notch 1 This SP is not available. (Text/Photo / Binary) [0-255 / 128 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 581 [0-255 / 120 / 1 step] 16* Threshold Level – Notch 5 This SP is not available. (Photo / Binary) [0-255 / 128 / 1 step] 17* Brightness – Notch 4 (Photo / Binary) [0-255 / 128 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 582 A larger value could cause moiré to appear in the image. [0-7 / 0 / 1 step] Scanner Gamma Selects the scanner gamma type when using (Grayscale) grayscale processing mode. [0-6 / 3 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 583 This SP is not available. (Grayscale) [0-255 / 158 / 1 step] Compression Ratio Selects the compression ratio for grayscale 2006 (Normal image) processing mode. For a lower compression rate, input a smaller value. [5-95 / 50 / 1 step] B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 584 If this is “0”, the error message is displayed until the error is solved. [0-999 / 300 s / 1 s step] Mode Number Function and [Setting] 9001 Sysop Bit switches for debugging. DFU Dapp Rapp Hpim B003/B004/B006/B007 3-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 585 2. Turn on the machine while pressing the “On Line” key and “# Enter” key together. 3. The machine prints the diagnostic report automatically. • Refer to section 4.1.2 of the main unit service manual for how to check the error codes (SP 7-832). 3-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 586 Duplex (optional duplex unit required) Unit of Measure Edge Smoothing Resolution Toner Saving Host Interface I/O Buffer I/O Timeout PCL Menu Orientation Form Lines Font Source Font Number Point Size Font Pitch Symbot Set B362M501.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 3-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 587 Delivery/Store Connection Time out Compression (Black & White) Compression (Grayscale) Delivery Option Original Setting Original Orientation Priority Mixed Originals Sizes Priority SADF Auto Reset Timer Subject Settings Program Change Delete 1 ~ 12 B361 M501.WMF 3-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 588 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 589 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 590 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 591 • HDD: Used to store additional soft fonts. Also used for collation, locked print, sample print and form overlay • IEEE 1284 interface Optional components: • PostScript3 DIMM • Memory DIMM • NIB • IEEE1394 interface B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 592: Sample Print

    • The hard disk can hold up to 30 files, including files stored using sample print. • The maximum number of pages is 2,000, including jobs using sample print and collation. • Locked print uses the same hard disk partition as sample print and collation, which is 5 GB. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 593: Paper Source Selection

    NOTE: The by-pass feeder cannot be locked. Manual Tray Select If the selected tray does not have the paper size and type specified by the driver, the controller stops printing until the user loads the correct paper. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 594: Auto Continue

    Job stays in the printer Immediately Job is immediately canceled 1 minute Job is canceled after 1 minute 5 minute 10 minute and so on 15 minute B362D512.WMF NOTE: The default setting for Auto Continue is “Off.” B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 595 • When the by-pass feeder is selected as the paper source, duplex printing is automatically disabled. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 596 • There is only one punch position available, so the relationship between the punching position and the printed image depends on the paper feeding orientation and image rotation. 2 Tray Finisher Punching Position Paper Feed Direction (Printed side) B362D511.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 597: Scanner Functions

    C o m p r e s s i o n S B U B I C U Controller B361D501.WMF 2. Twain Mode After image processing and image compression, the data (TIFF or JPEG) is sent to the scanner Twain driver directory on the computer. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 598 • The Flash ROM contains the NIB firmware. The firmware can be upgraded using an IC card connected to the controller board. 4.4.2 LED INDICATORS LED2 (Yellow) LED1 (Green) B362D508.WMF Description LED1 (Green): Link status Link success Link failure LED2 (Yellow): Data rate 100 Mbps 10 Mbps B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 599: Ieee1394 Interface

    IEEE1394 network. IEEE1394 cables can be either 4-pin (data only) or 6-pin (data and power). IEEE1394 allows either 6-pin or 4-pin connectors. However, this machine only uses the 6-pin connectors. The machine has two 6-pin ports. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 600 • EEPROM: 256-byte ROM 4.5.4 PIN ASSIGNMENT Pin assignment Pin 1 Pin 4 Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 6 B362D507.WMF Signal Description Cable Power Receive strobe Transmit data Receive data Transmit strobe B003/B004/B006/B007 4-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 601 (when the printer’s interface cable is plugged in, the computer should see ‘Printer Ready’; when the cable is disconnected, the computer should see ‘Offline’). 4-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 602 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6 SOFTWARE HISTORY 4.6.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 PRINTER MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3615902 A 1.34 Firmware modified to correct the following: B3615902 B 1.35 1. The machine could not be used with Axis print servers.
  • Page 603 The “XL ERROR” occurs when specifying symbol sets SETvmath (6M), SETvint (13J) and SETvus (14J) -- which are not supported in PCLXL. Change in Specification: PCL6: Added symbol sets PC-858, Latin 9 and Roman 9 for display of the Euro currency symbol. 4-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 604 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 SCANNER MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3615901 C 2.05 Firmware modified to correct the following: B3615901 D 2.07 1. The mainframe stalls if it receives the command to store a document while in the process of deleting another document.
  • Page 605 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 NCS (NIB) MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production G0585921 C 1.61 Firmware modified to correct the following: G0585921 D 1.66 1. After a communication failure breaks the connection...
  • Page 606 Change in Specification: 1. Two or more print queues can be attached to a single printer object (for further details, refer to TechMail RC010430). 2. TCP Ports 11021 and 11023 (Design use) have been closed. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 607 Feb.12, 2002 has been tested using the PROTOS c06- snmpv1 test suite and we have verified the fixes. -CERT: http://www.cert.org/advisories/CA-2002- 03.html -PROTOS c06-snmpv1 test suite http://www.ee.oulu.fi/research/ouspg/protos/testing/c06/snmp 2. Some reserved (unused) TCP ports that were open have been closed, e.g. FTP. 4-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 608 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 NFA MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (NETFILE) LEVEL VERSION First mass production G0585922 C 1.42.02 When the machine sends 2 or more files to the Document G0585922 D 1.42.04...
  • Page 609 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 PS3 MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (PS3) LEVEL VERSION First mass production G5775906 B 1.00 1. With print jobs containing mixed duplex/simplex pages, G5775906 C 1.03 the job comes out either all simplex or all duplex.
  • Page 610 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 611 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SPECIFICATIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 612 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 613 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS 1. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1.1 PRINTER Printing Speed: Maximum 45 ppm (A4/LT LEF): B004/B007 model Maximum 35 ppm (A4/LT LEF): B003/B006 model Printer Languages: PCL6/PCL5e PostScript 3 (option) RPCS (Refined Printing Command Stream) - an original Ricoh PDL) Resolution:...

  • Page 614: Supported Paper Sizes

    Supported. The paper size sensor detects the paper size. Supported. The user has to select the correct paper size for the tray. Supported. The user has to enter the width and length of the paper. Not supported. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 615 MH, MR, MMR (Binary Picture Processing) Method: JPEG (Grayscale Processing) Video Memory 8.3 MB (Twain) Capacity: 24.9 MB (Delivery mode) Image Storage Number of originals per file: Maximum 160 pages Capacity: Maximum of files: 3000 files B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 616: Software Accessories

    LAN-Fax M1 PC LAN FAX driver (Win 95/98/ME, NT4, 2000) Address Book A utility for PC LAN FAX. (Win 95/98/ME, NT4, 2000) Printer Utility for Mac This software provides several convenient functions for printing from Macintosh clients. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 617 The scanner driver and utility software are provided on one CD-ROM. SCANNER DRIVER • Network Twain Driver for Win95/98/ME/NT3.51/NT4.0/2000 SCANNER UTILITIES • Scan Router V2 Lite (Cherry-Lite) for Win95/98/ME/NT4.0/2000 • Desk Top Binder V2 Lite (Plumeria-Lite) for Win95/98/ME/NT4.0/2000 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 618: System Components

    D I M M B362V501.WMF Item Machine Code Remarks Printer Module B362 (ROM DIMM) Printer/Scanner Module B361 (ROM DIMM) Option Mailbox G909 Mailbox Bridge Unit G912 Internal Option G574 PostScript3 G577 Memory 64 MB G579 IEEE1394 G590 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 619 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 620 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FAX UNIT B360 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 621 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 622 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA INSTALLATION CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 623 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 624 2. The fax unit contains a lithium battery. The danger of explosion exists if a battery of this type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard used batteries in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 625 Insert the FCU baord to the m achine and attach the NCU unit to the m achiene. Reaasem ble the operation panel and affix the decals. W ill you be installing the handset? * USA m odel only Y es Install the handset. E ND B360I501.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 626 NOTE: If any G3 Interface Unit Type 1045 has to been installed, attach the additional NCU boards to the NCU unit before attaching the NCU unit to the machine. Refer to the Installation Procedure for the G3 Interface Unit Type 1045. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 627 6. Attach the edge clamp [E] to the bottom of the expansion box, then clamp the FCU harness [D]. ⇒ 7. Machine Codes B003 and B004: Attach the Fax Function DIMM to slot 1 (CN7) on the controller board. Machine Codes B006 and B007: You don’t have to attach the Fax Function DIMM to the controller board.
  • Page 628 G3 decal [H] to the front cover as shown. 11. Cut away the telephone connector cover [I]. Attach the FCC decal and the serial number decal [J] to the rear cover as shown. 12. Reattach the covers. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 629 16. Be sure to set the clock (date and time). 17. Enter service mode and program the serial number into the fax unit (SP-3-102- 000). The serial number can be found on the serial number label (attached to the machine in step 11). B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 630 2. Remove the rear cover [C] (2 screws), the rear upper cover [D] (2 screws) and the rear lower cover [E] (4 screws). 3. Remove the FCU cover [F] (2 screws) and controller unit (2 screws). B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 631 CCUIF board to the FCU board [E] as shown. 6. Attach the flat cable [F] to the FCU board and the CCUIF board. 7. Attach the option G3 board [G] to the lower connector of the CCUIF board (2 screws). B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 632 11. Attach the NCU unit [G] to the machine (2 screws), and slide the FCU board into the machine. Then run through the harness [H] as shown. 12. Attach the ferrite core [I] to the harness. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 633 G3 unit. After that turn the main switch off and on. 18. Print the system parameter list and ensure that “SG3-V34” is listed as an option. 19. Set up and program the items required for PSTN-2 communications. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 634 1. Remove the rear cover [A] (2 screws). 2. Remove the FCU cover [B] (2 screws) and controller unit (2 screws). 3. Remove the FCU harness [C] and slide out the FCU board [D] from the machine. 1-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 635 “SIG4” is listed as an option. B367I102.WMF 13. Set up and program the items required for ISDN communications. 14. Affix the FCC/IC approval label on the machine around the ISDN jack (This step is only for US/Canada.) B003/B004/B006/B007 1-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 636 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TROUBLESHOOTING CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 637 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 638: Error Codes

    • Check the NCU - FCU connectors. training at 2400 bps • Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable equalizer. • Replace the FCU or NCU. • Check for line problems. Cross reference • See error code 0-04. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 639 • Incompatible or defective remote terminal; try response code received sending to another machine. • Noisy line: resend. • Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable equalizer settings. • Replace the NCU or FCU. Cross reference • See error code 0-08. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 640 (default: 200 ms) • Check for line noise or other line problems. • Try adjusting the acceptable modem carrier drop time. Cross reference • Acceptable modem carrier drop time - G3 Switch 0A, bits 0 and 1 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 641 The calling terminal fell back to T.30 mode, because it noise, etc. • Check the line connection and condition. could not detect a JM in response to a CM • Try making a call to another V.8/V.34 fax. (CM timeout). B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 642 • Try adjusting the cable equalizer setting. because PPR was transmitted/received 9 (default) times within the same ECM frame. • Replace the FCU. 2-10 The modem cannot enter tx mode • Replace the FCU. 2-11 Only one V.21 connection flag was received B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 643 • Get the ID Codes the same and/or the CSIs 4-10 Communication failed because of an ID Code programmed correctly, then resend. • The machine at the other end may be defective. mismatch (Closed Network) or Tel. No./CSI mismatch (Protection against Wrong Connections) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 644 PPS.NULL communication. • The other terminal may be defective. • Check for a noisy line. 6-09 G3 ECM - ERR received • Adjust the tx levels of the communicating machines. • See code 6-05. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 645 • Replace the FCU. F0-xx V.34 modem error • Update the SG3-V34 modem ROM. F6-8x SG3-V34 modem error • Replace the SG3-V34 board. • Check for line noise or other line problems. • Try communicating another V.8/V.34 fax. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 646 8. The machine is not compatible with the machine at the other end. A compatibility test is needed. Error codes related to the errors detected by the FCU are listed in the service manual of the main body. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 647 Non-standard frame received 7-33 Abnormal frame length 7-34 N201 error; information field N in the I frame exceeded N201 7-35 T201 timeout; timeout while waiting for checking 7-36 T202 timeout; timeout while waiting for ID assignment B003/B004/B006/B007 2-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 648 An S or U frame having an information field was received 7-73 A frame longer than the maximum N1 length was received 7-74 An S or I frame having an N(R) error was received 7-75 CRC error 2-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 649: Transport Layer

    8-23 TDT block; an end block with no field data was received after an end indicator of “End” 8-26 Timeout during state 0.2 8-27 Timeout during state 1.1 8-28 Timeout during state 0.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 2-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 650: Session Layer

    G4 board load timer timeout; called side waited too long for S:RSSP 8-56 G4 board load timer timeout; document transmission surveillance timer timeout G4 board load timer timeout; timeout while waiting for a user abort 8-57 request after a provider fail 2-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 651: Document Layer

    PV error in the TU 8-95 TI error 8-96 X.209 coding nest level >> 8, or an LI form error 8-97 CDPB/CDE received while TU/TI not yet completed, or an unexpected PDU was received while analyzing an SLD B003/B004/B006/B007 2-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 652: Fax Sc Codes

    • SRAM backup battery defect, or SW1 on the Fax Function Upgrade board is at the “OFF” position. • SRAM on the Fax Function Upgrade board has a physical defect. • The Fax Function Upgrade board connection was loose. 2-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 653: Fax Sc Code Table

    SRAM error 2.3.2. display 1207 Unrecoverable Fax Refer to section “Service Call” Function Upgrade - 2.3.3. display SRAM error Initialize the fax Automatic 1299 Software error unit. reset 1305 1310 1311 1312 1401 1405 1601 B003/B004/B006/B007 2-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 654 Initial Settings O=ON, --=OFF Initial check (if the flash ROM is updated) Handshaking with the FCU ready Standby Mode Ready to communicate Communication Layer 1 activated Link setup B channel 1 connected B channel 2 connected 2-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 655 6. After you have finished the test, set bits 0 and 1 of G4 parameter switch 0D back to 0, then reset the machine. NOTE: The following cannot be tested using this procedure: • ISDN G3 communication • Point to Multi (Like a broadcasting test, from one point to many places.) B003/B004/B006/B007 2-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 656 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SERVICE TABLES CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 657 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 658 Press the Clear Mode key. Use the keypad to enter “107”. & Hold down Clear/Stop for at least 3 seconds. Fax SP On the touch-panel, press Fax SP. Press Exit twice to return to the copy window. Exit B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 659 Press to scroll the display to the previous or next line, line by line. * * * * Press to move to the highlight to the previous or next selection in the list on the left. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 660 • Press ' to enter the setting. (If you enter a number that is out of range, the key press is ignored.) • When you are prompted to complete the selection, press Yes. 2. When you are finished, press Exit twice to return to the copy window. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 661 Change the bit switches for the optional ISDN settings ☛ Section 3.2 Bit Switches G4 Parameter Switch 001 – 016 00 – 0F Change the bit switches for optional ISDN parameters ☛ Section 3.2 Bit Switches B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 662 Select Line Select the line setting for the G3-2 line. If the machine is installed on a PABX line, select “PABX”, “PABX(GND)” or “PABX(FLASH)”. PSTN Access Number Enter the PSTN access number for the G3- 2 line. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 663 G3-1 ROM Version Displays the G3-1 modem version. G3-2 ROM Version Displays the G3-2 modem version. G3-3 ROM Version Displays the G3-3 modem version. G4 ROM Version Displays the G4 (ISDN) ROM version. Charge ROM Version Not used. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 664 G3-2 line. G3-3 (All Prints the protocol dump list of all Communications) communications for the G3-3 line. G3-3 (1 Prints the protocol dump list of the last Communication) communication for the G3-3 line. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 665 Log List Print out All log files These log print out functions are for designer use only. APIP Mail Box Operation Printer APIP SC/TRAP Stored Scanner JOB/SAF Decompression Reconstruction JBIG Fax Driver G3CCU Fax Job B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 666 IG3-1 V34 (S2400baud) IG3-1 V34 (S2800baud) IG3-1 V34 (S3000baud) IG3-1 V34 (S3200baud) IG3-1 V34 (S3429baud) IG3-2 Modem Tests IG3-2 DTMF Tests IG3-2 V34 (S2400baud) IG3-2 V34 (S2800baud) IG3-2 V34 (S3000baud) IG3-2 V34 (S3200baud) IG3-2 V34 (S3429baud) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 667: Bit Switches

    (8): Total number of burst error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception. Note: EQM and rx level are fixed at “FFFF” in tx mode. The seventh and eighth numbers are fixed at “00” for transmission records and ECM reception records. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 668 JBO: JBIG compression (Optional mode) JBB: JBIG compression (Basic mode) Communication ECM: With ECM mode NML: With no ECM Width and A4: A4 (8.3"), no reduction reduction B4: B4 (10.1"), no reduction A3: A3 (11.7"), no reduction 3-11 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 669 File retention time 1: A file that had a communication error will not be 0: Depends on User Parameter erased unless the communication is successful. 24 [18(H)] 1: No limit Not used Do not change the setting. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 670 However, the bit can be left at 0 if the customer’s key-operators wish to transfer the files themselves (this machine does not support confidential rx). Continued… 3-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 671 0: RTI > CSI > Dial label > Tel. instead of RTI or CSI. number 1: Dial label > Tel. number > RTI Dial Label: The name stored, by the user, for the > CSI Quick/Speed Dial number. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 672 Note that manual tx and rx are not possible with this setting. Not used Do not change the settings. 3-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 673 TTI used for broadcasting 1: The TTI (TTI_1 or TTI_2) which is selected for all destinations during broadcasting. 0: The TTIs selected for each Quick/Speed dial are used 1: The same TTI is used for all destinations B003/B004/B006/B007 3-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 674 30 min 1 hour 24 hours Print user codes on reports. 1: User codes are printed out on the Journal or other reports. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Not used Do not change the setting. 3-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 675 “Text/Photo” and “Photo” modes. System Switch 1A - Not used (do not change the settings) System Switch 1B - Not used (do not change the settings) System Switch 1C - Not used (do not change the settings) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 676 1: Faxes can be received if the messages from senders that do not include an RTI sender has an RTI or CSI or CSI, change this bit to “1”, then enable Authorized Reception. Otherwise, keep this bit at “0 (default setting)”. 3-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 677 RAM even if Yes is pressed. However, the fax unit cannot be used until the user switches off, puts the Function Upgrade unit back in, then switches back on. No data is lost. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-20 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 678 SC1201 and SC1207, the fax unit automatically 0: Automatic reset resets itself. 1: Fax unit stops 1: When the fax unit detects any fax SC code, the fax unit stops. Cross Reference Fax SC codes - See “Troubleshooting” 3-21 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 679: Scanner Switches

    1 mode (when the scan density mode - Normal setting (center setting is at the center). The value can be between 01 and FF. For a darker position) threshold, input a lower value. Default setting: A4(H) = 164(D) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-22 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 680 For a higher threshold, input a higher value (larger dots are erased). Default setting: 2 This setting is independent from the threshold setting specified by the copier SP modes. Not used Do not change the settings. 3-23 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 681 The setting can be between 0 and F (H) (unit 0.5 mm). Default setting: 2 mm Scan margin setting (top and bottom margin in book scan and ADF mode) The setting can be between 0 and 7 (H) (unit 0.5 mm). Default setting: 3 mm B003/B004/B006/B007 3-24 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 682 The transmitted image has a blank area on 0: 210 mm (8.5”) the right. 1: Original width 1: The machine scans 148 mm (A5) or 182 mm (B5) and centers the scanned data on a 216 mm width transmitted image. 3-25 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 683 If this bit is set at “1”, A5 (HLT) lengthwise images 0: Disabled will be transmitted as A4 (LT) width images (216 1: Enabled mm width in the protocol). Not used Do not change the setting. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-26 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 684: Printer Switches

    Refer to the table on the next page for how the 1: Enabled machine chooses the paper width used in the setup protocol (NSF/DIS). 1: The machine informs the transmitting machine of the fixed paper width which is specified by bits 3 and 4 above. 3-27 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 685 (Page separation threshold: Printer Switch 03, bits 4 1: Enabled to 7) 1: Incoming page length is reduced when printing. (Maximum reducible length: Printer Switches 04, bits 0 to 4) Not used Do not change the settings B003/B004/B006/B007 3-28 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 686 =     =   used         Not used. Do not change the setting. Printer Switch 05 - Not used (do not change the settings) 3-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 687 This switch determines which paper size is selected printing A4 width fax data for printing A4 width fax data, when the machine has 0: 8.5" x 11" size both A4 and 8.5" x 11" size paper. 1: A4 size B003/B004/B006/B007 3-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 688 (user code or key counter). If the machine enters the restricted access mode 1: Disabled again while printing fax messages, the machine stops printing the machine exits the mode again. Not used Do not change the settings. 3-31 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 689: Communication Switches

    1: Reception will not go ahead if the ID code of the 0: Disabled other terminal does not match the ID code of this terminal. This function is only available in NSF/NSS 1: Enabled mode. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 690 RTN will be sent to the other end. Treatment of pages received 0: Pages received with errors are not printed. with errors during G3 reception 0: Deleted from memory without printing 1: Printed 3-33 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 691 Default setting - 03(H) Communication Switch 04 - Not used (do not change the settings) Communication Switch 05 - Not used (do not change the settings) Communication Switch 06 - Not used (do not change the settings) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 692 Emergency calls using 999 If this bit is at 1, the machine will not allow you to 0: Enabled 1: Disabled dial 999 at the auto-dialer. This is a PTT requirement in the Hong Kong. 3-35 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 693 The result report will be printed at the transfer terminal, but will not be sent back to the requesting terminal. Not used Do not change the settings. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 694 Minimum interval between 06 to FF (Hex), unit = 2 s automatic dialing attempts (e.g., 06(H) = 12 s) This value is the minimum time that the machine waits before it dials the next destination. 3-37 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 695 The setting determined by these bits is informed to the transmitting terminal in the pre-message inch protocol exchange (in the DIS/NSF frames). mm and inch (default) Not used Communication Switch 15 - Not used (do not change the settings) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-38 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 696 Do not change the settings. Action when there is no box Change this setting when the customer requires. with an F-code that matches the received SUB code 0: Disconnect the line 1: Receive the message (using normal reception mode) 3-39 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 697 Do not change the settings. Communication Switch 1D - Not used (do not change the settings) Communication Switch 1E - Not used (do not change the settings) Communication Switch 1F - Not used (do not change the settings) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-40 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 698 Refer to Appendix B in the Group 3 Facsimile and reception) Manual for details about AI Short Protocol. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Short preamble Refer to Appendix B in the Group 3 Facsimile 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Manual for details about Short Preamble. 3-41 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 699 This bit is ignored if ECM is being used. 0: No change 1: Fallback V.8 protocol in manual 1: The machine detects either ANSam or CED transmission during manual transmission. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Not used Do not change the setting. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-42 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 700 These bits set the initial modem type for 9.6 and 7.2 7.2 kbps. kbps, if the initial modem rate is set at these speeds. Bit 5 Bit 4 Setting V.29 V.17 V.34 Not used Not used Do not change the settings. 3-43 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 701 Medium High Also, try using the cable equalizer if one or more of the following symptoms occurs. • Communication error • Modem rate fallback occurs frequently. Note: This setting is not effective in V.34 communications. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 702 Medium High Also, try using the cable equalizer if one or more of the following symptoms occurs. • Communication error • Modem rate fallback occurs frequently. Note: This setting is not effective in V.34 communications. 3-45 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 703 1 to give the sending machine more time to send data. Refer to error code 0-20. ITU-T T.30 recommendation: The first line should come within 5 s of CFR. Not used Do not change the setting. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-46 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 704 B signal detection time for V.34 Change this switch only when there are polling transmission communication errors during V.34 polling 0: 75 ms (default setting) transmission to a machine with a Panasonic 1: 65 ms modem. 3-47 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 705 If the customer wants to hear an alarm if the hook at the end of handset is off-hook at the end of fax communication, communication change this bit to “1”. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Not used Do not change the settings. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-48 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 706 Refer to Appendix B in the Group 3 Facsimile and reception) Manual for details about AI Short Protocol. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Short preamble Refer to Appendix B in the Group 3 Facsimile 0: Disabled 1: Enabled Manual for details about Short Preamble. 3-49 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 707 0 - F (Hex); 0 - 15 bits If the number of error bits in the received TCF is threshold below this threshold, the machine informs the sender that training has succeeded. Not used Do not change the settings. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-50 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 708 1 0 1 0 24.0 k 1 0 1 1 26.4 k 1 1 0 0 28.8 k 1 1 0 1 31.2 k 1 1 1 0 33.6 k Other settings - Not used 3-51 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 709 PSTN cable equalizer Keep this bit at “1”. (V.8/V.17 rx mode: External) 0: Disabled 1: Enabled PSTN cable equalizer Keep this bit at “1”. (V.34 rx mode; External) Not used Do not change the settings. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 710 1 to give the sending machine more time to send data. Refer to error code 0-20. ITU-T T.30 recommendation: The first line should come within 5 s of CFR. Not used Do not change the setting. 3-53 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 711 G3-2 Switch 0E - Not used (do not change the settings) G3-2 Switch 0F - Not used (do not change the settings) 3.2.7 G3-3 SWITCHES These switches require the second optional G3 interface unit. The contents of the G3-3 switches are similar to the G3-2. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-54 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 712: G4 Internal Switches

    Change this bit to 1 only when there is a communication error where the other terminal informs 64 kbps in the SETUP signal although it is actually 56 kbps. Not used Do not change these settings. 3-55 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 713 TEI at bit 2. Example: If the static TEI is 011000, set bits 3 and 4 to 1 and bits 2, 5, 6, and 7 to G4 Internal Switch 12 - Not used (do not change these settings) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 714 1: Not attached that do not respond to Higher Layer Capability “G3”. When this bit is set to 0, the setting depends on the setting of bit 4. Keep this bit at 1 in most cases. 3-57 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 715 0: Unknown Unknown: This is the normal setting. 1: E.164 Subaddress coding type This is normally kept at 0. However, some 0: IA5 (NSAP) networks require this bit to be at 1. 1: BCD (ISO8348) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-58 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 716 0: 56 kbps 1: 64 kbps Use this bit if the machine is connected to a network which does not accept a 56 kbps data transfer rate as a bearer capability. Not used Do not change these setting. 3-59 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 717 63, # 65, #79, #88, and #127) even if another country code is programmed. If bit switch 17 bit 7 is “1”, fallback occurs on receipt of the Universal CPS code set or one of the CPS codes programmed in bit switches 17, 18, 1A, 1B, or 1C. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-60 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 718 G4 Internal Switch 1D - Not used (do not change these settings) G4 Internal Switch 1E - Not used (do not change these settings) G4 Internal Switch 1F - Not used (do not change these settings) 3-61 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 719: G4 Parameter Switches

    64 kbps 56 kbps Not used Do not change these settings. G4 Parameter Switch 03 - Not used (do not change these settings) G4 Parameter Switch 04 - Not used (do not change these settings) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-62 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 720 Normally this should be kept at 7. Not used Do not change these settings. 3-63 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 721 Troubleshooting section for full details. Not used Do not change these settings. G4 Parameter Switch 0E - Not used (do not change these settings) G4 Parameter Switch 0F - Not used (do not change these settings) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-64 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 722: Ncu Parameters

    Change the fourth digit from “5” to “6” (e.g. 680500 to 680600) for the settings for the first optional G3 interface unit. Change the fourth digit from “5” to “7” (e.g. 680500 to 680700) for the settings for the second optional G3 interface unit. 3-65 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 723 Hungary Czech Poland 680501 Line current detection time 20 ms Line current detection is disabled. 680502 Line current wait time Line current is not 680503 Line current drop detect time detected if 680501 contains FF. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-66 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 724 PABX dial tone frequency upper limit (low byte) 680519 PABX dial tone frequency lower limit Hz (BCD) If both addresses contain (high byte) FF(H), tone detection is disabled. 68051A PABX dial tone frequency lower limit (low byte) 3-67 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 725 (a setting of 4 cycles means that ON-OFF-ON or OFF-ON- OFF must be detected twice). Tolerance (±) 75% Bits 2 and 3 must always 50% be kept at 0. 12.5% Bits 7, 6, 5, 4 - number of cycles required for cadence detection B003/B004/B006/B007 3-68 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 726 FF(H), tone detection is disabled. 680540 Country dial tone upper frequency limit (LOW) 680541 Country dial tone lower frequency If both addresses contain limit (HIGH) FF(H), tone detection is disabled. 680542 Country dial tone lower frequency limit (LOW) 3-69 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 727 -N x 0.5 –3.5 Function 06-2 (parameter after dialing 21). See Note 5. 680555 ISDN: DTMF tone attenuation level -dBm x 0.5 See Note 5 after dialing 680556 Not used Do not change the settings. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-70 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 728 Do not change the settings. 680564 680565 Long distance call prefix (HIGH) For a code of 0: 680565 - FF 680566 Long distance call prefix (LOW) 680566 - F0 680567 Not used Do not change the settings. 680571 3-71 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 729 Bits 2 and 3 - Handset on-hook detection time 3 2 Setting 0 0 200 ms 0 1 800 ms Other Not used Bits 4 to 7 - Not used 680583 Do not change the Not used settings. 6805A0 B003/B004/B006/B007 3-72 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 730 - 0.5N –3.5 (dB) 6805B4 6805B5 level See Note 7. 6805B6 PSTN: 2100 Hz tone transmission - 0.5N –3 (dB) 6805B4 6805B6 level See Note 7. 6805B7 PABX: Tx level from the modem - dBm 3-73 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 731 0: 12 s 1: Maximum wait time for bit 3 message post message 1: 30 s (EOP/EOM/MPS) can be changed to 30 s. Change this bit to “1” if communication errors occur frequently during V.17 reception. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-74 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 732 6805B5h. Tones which frequency is higher than 1500Hz refer to the setting at 6805B6h. 8. 68054A, 68054D, 68054E: The actual inter-digit pause (pulse dial mode) is the sum of the period specified by the RAM addresses 68054A, 68054D, and 68054E. 3-75 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 733: Dedicated Transmission Parameters

    Select the previous switch: "Prev." until the correct switch is displayed. Then go back to step 6. 9. After the setting is changed, press "OK". 10. After finishing, reset bit 0 of System Bit Switch 00 to 0. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-76 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 734 Communication error with error codes such as 0-20, 0-23, etc. • Modem rate fallback occurs frequently. Note: Do not use settings other than listed on the left. If the setting is “Disabled”, the bit switch setting is used. 3-77 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 735 First DIS or transmission. The machine will then wait for the second DIS or NSF before sending DCS or NSS. Second DIS or If the setting is “Disabled”, the bit switch setting is Not used used. Disabled B003/B004/B006/B007 3-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 736 2 (bits 0 and 1) is used. 0 0 0 0 64 kbps 0 0 0 1 56 kbps 1 1 1 1 Disabled Not used Do not change the settings. Switch 08 - Not used 3-79 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 737 In rx mode, this determines the information transfer 1: Speech capability that the machine can use to receive a call. Set this bit to 1 if the ISDN does not support 3.1 kHz audio. Not used Do not change the settings. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 738: Service Ram Addresses

    (This switch is not printed on the user parameter list.) 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Bit 5: CIL printing (G4) 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Bit 6: TID printing (G4) 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Bit 7: Not used 3-81 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 739 0: Left page then right page, 1: Right page then left page Bit 7: Not used 6800D7(H) - User parameter switch 07 (SWUSR_07) Bits 0 and 1: Not used Bit 2: Parallel memory transmission 0: Off, 1: On Bits 3 to 7: Not used B003/B004/B006/B007 3-82 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 740 In short, the machine receives every call. This switch is useful for communication problems when the other terminal informs the above transfer capabilities although it is a fax machine. Bit 7: ISDN SPID programming (used only in the USA) 3-83 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 741 0: Off, 1: On Bit 1: TTI sender 0: Off, 1: On Bit 2: TTI file number 0: Off, 1: On Bit 3: TTI page number 0: Off, 1: On Bit 4 to 7: Not used B003/B004/B006/B007 3-84 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 742 Bits 6 and 7: Not used. 6800E5(H) - User parameter switch 21 (SWUSR_15) : Not used 6800E6(H) - User parameter switch 22 (SWUSR_16): Not used 6800E7(H) – User Parameter switch 23 (SWUSR_17) : Not used 3-85 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 743 680217 to 680256(H) - TTI 1 (Max. 64 characters - ASCII) - See the following note. 680257 to 680296(H) - TTI 2 (Max. 64 characters - ASCII) - See the following note. 680297 to 6802AA(H) - PSTN-1 CSI (Max. 20 characters - ASCII) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-86 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 744 6802F8 to 6802EA(H) - ISDN line settings 680300(H) - ID code (low - Hex) 680301(H) - ID code (high - Hex) 680302(H) - Confidential ID (low - BCD) 680303(H) - Confidential ID (high - BCD) 3-87 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 745 680395(H) - Day (BCD) 680396 to 68039A – Option G3 board (G3-2) ROM information (Read only) 680396(H) - Suffix (BCD) 680397(H) - Version (BCD) 680398(H) - Year (BCD) 680399(H) - Month (BCD) 68039A(H) - Day (BCD) B003/B004/B006/B007 3-88 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 746 680422(H) - Transmission monitor volume 00 - 07(H) 680423(H) - Reception monitor volume 00 - 07(H) 680424(H) - On-hook monitor volume 00 - 07(H) 680425(H) - Dialing monitor volume 00 - 07(H) 680426(H) - Buzzer volume 00 - 07(H) 3-89 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 747 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 748 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 749 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 750 4. Memory Expansion: This expands the SAF memory and the page memory (used for image rotation); without this expansion, the page memory is not big enough for image rotation at 400 dpi, so transmission at 400 dpi is not possible. B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 751 • Clock generation • DRAM backup control • Ringing signal/tone detection FBI (FACE Bridge Interface) • Interface between the PCI bus and the FACE • DMA controll Modem (R288F-29) • V.34, V33, V17, V.29, V.27ter, V.21, and V.8 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 752 Determines which firmware the machine boots from. If the switch is OFF, the firmware on the FCU inside the machine is used. If the switch is ON, the firmware on the flash memory card or external FCU is used. B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 753 ExRing Ring Noise Detection Filter Circuit A895D520.WMF Jumpers Item Description These jumpers should be shorted when the machine is connected to a dry line. Also remove DB1 when the machine is connected to a dry line. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 754 Australia South Africa Malaysia Hong Kong New Zealand Singapore Asia L: Low, H: High CTR21 (Common Technical Regulation 21): France, Germany, UK, Italy, Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Ireland, Norway, Sweden, Switzerland, Portugal, Holland, Spain, Israel, Greece B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 755 • 512KB (4 Mbit) flash ROM for Panasonic modem software storage. DRAM • 512 KB DRAM shared between ECM buffer, line buffer, and working memory. QM coder • QM coder for JBIG compression and decompression. V.34 Modem • Panasonic V.34 modem (MN195003MFL) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 756 CODEC • A/D, D/A converter for ISDN G3 communication LAPD Controller • ISDN layer 1 and LAPD control • 512 kB (4 Mbit) Flash ROM for system software storage DRAM • 2MB (16 Mbit) DRAM used B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 757: Video Data Path

    CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA VIDEO DATA PATH 4.3 VIDEO DATA PATH 4.3.1 TRANSMISSION SCANNER BICU FACE Page Memory CODER CODER (Option) Modem Modem SiG4 ISDN G4 ISDN G3 Analog G3 Analog G3 B360D511.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 758 (SiG4). In this case, the G3 modem is used for the I-G3 transmission. When an optional G3 unit (SG3) is installed, the modem on the SG3 can be also used for the I-G3 transmission. This means that two I-G3 transmission is available at the same time. B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 759 • Line used for G3 transmissions (PSTN or ISDN): System switch 0A bit 6 • Line used for G3 transmissions (PSTN 1/PSTN 2): System switch 16 bit 1 • I-G3 modem default: System switch 16 bit 2 and 3 B003/B004/B006/B007 4-10 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 760 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA VIDEO DATA PATH 4.3.2 RECEPTION Analog G3 Analog G3 ISDN G3 ISDN G4 SiG4 Modem Modem CODER (DCR) CODER (Option) Page Memory FACE BICU Printer B360D512.WMF 4-11 B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 761 BiCU. When data compressed with JBIG comes in on PSTN-2 (optional extra analog line), the data is sent to the QM-CODER on the SG3 board for decompression. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 762: Fax Communication Features

    If forwarding did not succeed, the forwarding result report is printed out but the file stays in the memory until it is printed out on the machine. 4-13 B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 763 2) More than 5 destinations are available if a Group is specified as one of the destinations. 3) If the SID does not match, the communication is disconnected. 4) A result report is not sent back to the transmitter but it is printed on the receiving machine. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 764 Required (must be the same as the code that was used to set up the information box) NOTE: 1) Only one fax message can go in each information box. 2) The SEP code must be different for each box. 4-15 B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 765 Extra G3 Interface Unit PSTN + PSTN + ISDN G3 + G3 +G4 G3 + I-G3 Extra G3 Interface Unit PSTN + ISDN G3 + I-G3 + G4 ISDN Unit I-G3 + I-G3 ISDN I-G3 + G4 B003/B004/B006/B007 4-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 766: Document Server

    NOTE: 1) The compression method of the fax application is different from the copy application. The storing time is longer than the copier storing. 2) When selecting “Print 1st page”, the stored document will be reduced to A4 size. 4-17 B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 767 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES 4.4.4 LAN FAX DRIVER Application Fax Driver Compressed MMR Fax Number Address/Book CONTROLLER BICU PRINTER FACE Modem PSTN DATA/ADDRESS BUS SiG4 Page To ISDN Memory B360D515.WMF B003/B004/B006/B007 4-18 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 768 Document Server. Then the print data is transferred to the FCU. But the FCU does not store this data in the SAF memory. Then the print data is transferred using same method as Document Server transmission. 4-19 B003/B004/B00/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 769 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE HISTORY Rev. 02/2002 4.5 FIRMWARE HISTORY 4.5.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ⇒ FAX OPTION FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 FIRMWARE FIRMWARE DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title LEVEL VERSION • B3605581 A 1.05 Corrects the following: First Page Print 2.00.04...
  • Page 770 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 02/2002 FIRMWARE HISTORY ⇒ FAX OPTION FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION • Document from Corrects the following: 3.00.00 B3605581 C D. Server comes If the user initiates a printout of a Document...
  • Page 771 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 02/2002 4.6 SOFTWARE HISTORY 4.6.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ⇒ FAX OPTION SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3605590 E 3.2.5 Corrects the following: Handset B3605590 F 3.8.4...
  • Page 772 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev 02/2002 SOFTWARE HISTORY ⇒ FAX OPTION SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 Corrects the following: LAN Fax Driver B3605590 H 3.8.13 When a document is printed out from a PC – No count up. with the LAN Fax driver, none of the counter values change.
  • Page 773 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 774 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SPECIFICATIONS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 775 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 776 G4: 3 s at 64 kbps; Measured with an ITU-T #1 test document (Slerexe letter) at standard resolution Data Compression: MH, MR, MMR JBIG (optional Fax Function Upgrade Unit required) Protocol: Group 3 with ECM Group 4 (ISDN unit required) Modulation: V.34, V.33, V.17 (TCM), V.29 (QAM), B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 777 With optional Expansion Memory: 26 MB (2 MB+ 24 MB) Page Memory Standard: 4 MB (Print: 2 MB + Scanner: 2 MB) With optional Expansion Memory: 12 MB (4 MB + 8 MB) (Print 8 MB + Scanner: 4 MB) B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 778: Capabilities Of Programmable Items

    3000 Function Upgrade transmission Unit Memory capacity for memory transmission 2080 (Note1) NOTE: 1) Measured using an ITU-T #1 test document (Slerexe letter) at the standard resolution, the auto image density mode and the Text mode. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 779 ISDN Option Type B367 one optional G4 unit. 1045 Fax Function Upgrade A892 Used in common with Stinger-C Type 185 Handset Type 450 A646 USA only Marker Type 30 H903 Refill ink for stamp Expansion Memory B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 780 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA TECHNICAL SERVICE BULLETINS CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 781 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 782 RICOH: http://support.ricoh.com/html_rc/model/af1035_45/af1035_45en.htm SAVIN: http://www.savin.com/savin/savininternetsitetemp.nsf/(All)/SoftwareDrivers.html?OpenDocument& Start=1&Count=100&Expand=1.8 2. A one-time shipment of replacement CD packs will be mailed to servicing dealers based on equipment shipment records. Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CONTROL NO. 087ABW     2000 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 783 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 001 Page 2 of 2 UNITS AFFECTED: All B006/B007 printers manufactured with the Serial Numbers listed below will have defective CD-ROMs. Model Name Serial Number Defective CD Part Number Ricoh Aficio 1035P...
  • Page 784 5. Finally, being very careful not to bend the bracket, pinch the exposure glass and bracket firmly together so that the glass adheres to the mylar’s double-sided tape. Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     Copyright 2001 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 785 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 002 Page 2 of 3 Mylar - Exposure Glass Ruler Left Scale Bracket ADF Exposure Glass Mylar - Exposure Glass Left Scale Bracket Left Scale Blacket Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 786 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 002 Page 3 of 3 GENERAL: The following part additional is being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. REFERENCE NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM B3516523 Mylar - Exposure Glass DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER UNITS AFFECTED: Serial Number cut-in not available at time of publication.
  • Page 787 * With 1-Bin Tray installed NOTE: The measurements should be taken at the point indicated in diagram 1 without the Bridge Unit installed. Support Bracket Screws DIAGRAM 1 Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     Copyright 2001 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 788 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 003 Page 2 of 2 SOLUTION: During installation, confirm that the Left Scanner Bracket height is in specification. If The Scanner Height Is Incorrect: 1. Remove the Scanner Unit from the machine (2 screws, 1 connector).
  • Page 789 A web browser is used from the client PC to access documents stored in the eCabinet. Even while the B003/B004/B006/B007 is engaged in capture file transfer, it is still possible to use all original B003/B004/B006/B007 functions such as copy, fax, printer and document server. In addition, the document server can be used in place of the eCabinet as shown in the setup below.
  • Page 790 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 004 Page 2 of 3 SECTION 1 - CONFIGURATIONS & NECESSARY HARDWARE: Hardware Copy Printer Printer & Scanner Required Capture Capture Capture Capture ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
  • Page 791 When enabled, if the client PC operator accesses a Captured file stored in eCabinet and sends it to the B003/B004/B006/B007, the machine will re-send this document to the eCabinet. This is to provide an extra safeguard for file backup. However if users wish to minimize network traffic and free up eCabinet memory, this function can be disabled.
  • Page 792 PC to access documents stored in the eCabinet. Even while the B003 series is engaged in Capture file transfer, it is still possible to use all original B003 series functions (copier, printer, fax, Document Server). In addition, note that the Document Server can be used in place of the eCabinet in the setup shown below.
  • Page 793 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003 – 004 Reissue ! ! ! ! Page 2 of 4 2. Configurations and Necessary Hardware: Basic Printer Printer/Scanner ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
  • Page 794 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003 – 004 Reissue ! ! ! ! Page 3 of 4 SECTION 5.0 - NECESSARY UP SETTINGS: UP Mode Users need to perform the necessary settings (Capture server IP address, etc.) from inside: [Use Tools/Counter]#[System Settings].
  • Page 795 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 004 Reissue ! Page 4 of 4 6.0 To configure the eCabinet: 1. Install the eCabinet, and make sure that it has the same IP address that you used when you set the Capture Server IP address on the Aficio.
  • Page 796 PC to access documents stored in the eCabinet. Even while the B003 series is engaged in Capture file transfer, it is still possible to use all original B003 series functions (copier, printer, fax, Document Server). In addition, note that the Document Server can be used in place of the eCabinet in the setup shown below.
  • Page 797 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003 – 004 Reissue CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 4 2. Configurations and Necessary Hardware: Basic Printer Printer/Scanner Mainframe 64MB Memory Option NIB Option Printer Option Printer/Scanner Option Fax Option • Basic: Copier/Document Server •...
  • Page 798 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003 – 004 Reissue CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 3 of 4 SECTION 5.0 - NECESSARY UP SETTINGS: UP Mode Users need to perform the necessary settings (Capture server IP address, etc.) from inside: [Use Tools/Counter] [System Settings].
  • Page 799 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 004 Reissue CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 4 of 4 6.0 To configure the eCabinet: 1. Install the eCabinet, and make sure that it has the same IP address that you used when you set the Capture Server IP address on the copier.
  • Page 800 Engine Software History Updated Information • 6-85 Engine Software History Updated Information • TOC (B351 Firmware History) Updated Information • 8-24 DF70 Software history Updated Information CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved. CONTROL NO 121ABW...
  • Page 801 4.5 FIRMWARE HISTORY.………………………………………………………..4- 20 4.5.1 FAX OPTION FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY.……………4- 20 4.6 SOFTWARE HISTORY………………………………………………………..4- 22 4.6.1 FAX OPTION SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY……………4- 22 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS ................5-1 1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ..............5-1 2 CAPABILITIES OF PROGRAMMABLE ITEMS ..........5-3 3 MACHINE CONFIGURATION..............5-4 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 802 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE HISTORY Rev. 01/2002 4.5 FIRMWARE HISTORY 4.5.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ⇒ FAX OPTION FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 FIRMWARE FIRMWARE DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title LEVEL VERSION • B3605581 A 1.05 Corrects the following: First Page Print 2.00.04...
  • Page 803 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 01/2002 FIRMWARE HISTORY ⇒ FAX OPTION FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION • Document from Corrects the following: 3.00.00 B3605581 C D. Server comes If the user initiates a printout of a Document...
  • Page 804 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 01/2002 4.6 SOFTWARE HISTORY 4.6.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ⇒ FAX OPTION SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3605590 E 3.2.5 Corrects the following: Handset 3.8.4...
  • Page 805 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev 01/2002 SOFTWARE HISTORY ⇒ FAX OPTION SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 Corrects the following: LAN Fax Driver B3605590 H 3.8.13 When a document is printed out from a PC – No count up. with the LAN Fax driver, none of the counter values change.
  • Page 806 4.6 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE HISTORY……………………………………..4-12 4.6.1 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY………...…4-12 SPECIFICATIONS SPECIFICATIONS................5-1 1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS..............5-1 1.1 PRINTER.....................5-1 1.2 SCANNER ...................5-3 2 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES ..............5-4 2.1 PRINTER.....................5-4 2.2 SCANNER ...................5-5 3 MEACHINE CONFIGURATION..............5-6 3.1 SYSTEM COMPONENTS ..............5-6 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 807 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 01/2002 4.6 SOFTWARE HISTORY 4.6.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045102 D 3.05 Corrects the following: SC820 3.06...
  • Page 808 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 01/2002 SOFTWARE HISTORY ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION The SP modes for HDD initialization (SP4911- SP4911 moved 3.08.4 B0045102 G ***) have been moved to SSP. to SSP Mode The SC error data (incl.
  • Page 809 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 01/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION The “Can’t allocate info” error message “Can’t allocate 3.08.5 B0045102 H sometimes appears when connected to a info” error network.
  • Page 810 6.16.3 AUTO OFF MODE..............6-83 Entering off stand-by and off modes..........6-83 Off Stand-by mode ................ 6-83 Off Mode ..................6-83 Returning to stand-by mode ............6-83 6.17 SOFTWARE HISTORY..…………………………………………………6.84 6.17.1 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY..………………..6.84 B003/B004/B006/B007 viii CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 811 SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 02/2002 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA 6.17 SOFTWARE HISTORY 6.17.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045112 C 2.15.04 “Please wait” message does not clear when “Please wait”...
  • Page 812 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 02/2002 SOFTWARE HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ⇒ Blank page of a Following a book scan job at 25-44% B0045112 G 2.20 DF job reduction, the first page of a (100%) DF job is printed out as a blank page.

  • Page 813: Paper Height Detection

    4.2.1 PAPER FEED, SEPARATION, AND PICK-UP ROLLERS .....9-11 Pick-up Roller ..................9-11 Paper Feed Roller................9-11 Separation Roller ................9-11 4.3 TRAY LIFT AND PAPER END SENSOR REPLACEMENT ....9-12 Tray Lift Sensor ..................9-12 Paper End Sensor ................9-12 4.4 RELAY SENSOR REPLACEMENT............9-13 4.5 SIDE FENCE POSITION CHANGE............9-14 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 814 B3515620 J Production motor remains on and/or a DF jam occurs. Part Number Version Production C. SUM B3515620J 1.79 0E62 July 2001 production B3515620G 1.75 17E9 June 2001 production 1.74 862A 1st mass production B3515620F CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA B003/B004/B006/B007 8-24...
  • Page 815 CHARGE ROLLER CLEANING PAD/BRUSH GENERAL: The following parts corrections are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. To increase the efficiency of cleaning the charge roller, a brush roller has replaced the charge roller-cleaning pad. With the introduction of the charge cleaning brush the following parts have been modified.
  • Page 816 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 006 Page 2 of 3 ITEMS DELETED FROM THE PARTS CATALOG ITEMS ADDED TO THE PARTS CATALOG Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 817 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 006 Page 3 of 4 CLEANING ROLLER BRUSH REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE: Remove the Drum. (Refer to 3.11.2 on the service manual) Remove the snap rings [A]. Remove the springs [B]. Remove the charge roller [C].
  • Page 818 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 006 Page 4 of 4 UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the serial numbers listed below will have the new charge roller cleaning brush installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER...
  • Page 819 3.16.2 BY-PASS PAPER FEED AND PICK-UP ROLLER REPLACEMENT ................3-58 3.16.3 BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER REPLACEMENT ....3-59 3.16.4 PAPER END SENSOR AND PICK-UP SOLENOID REPLACEMENT ................3-60 3.16.5 PAPER SIZE SENSOR BOARD REPLACEMENT .......3-61 3.16.6 BY-PASS TABLE REMOVAL ............3-62 3.16.7 PAPER FEED CLUTCH REPLACEMENT........3-63 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 820 NOTE: If this is not done, the carrier will be attracted to the drum because the charge roller voltage will be too high. ⇒ Refer To Page 3-30 For The Charge Roller/Charge Cleaning Roller Brush Replacement Procedure. 3-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 821 5. After replacing the charge roller, check the value of SP2-001-1. If it is not at the standard value (1480V), set SP2-001-1 to –1480V. NOTE: If this is not done, the carrier will be attracted to the drum because the charge roller voltage will be too high. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 822 4. Remove the PCU rail [A] ( 5. Remove the ID sensor bracket [B] ( 6. Remove the ID sensor [C] ( 7. Perform the ID sensor initial setting with SP3-001-2 ( Chapter 5, B004R931.WMF “Service Tables”) 3-31 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 823 SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: PARTS CATALOG UPDATE GENERAL: The following parts update is being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. • UPDATE 1: Short Spacer._Long Spacer. – Item numbers added to Operation Panel illustration. REFERENCE OLD PART NO.
  • Page 824 AND FAX FUNCTION DIMM’S SYMPTOM: • SC997 • SC818 • SC819 • Fax Option not recognized • Printer or Printer Scanner Option not recognized SOLUTION: Follow the chart below to properly configure the B003/B004/B006/B007 machines. Network 64MB Function Function Function Option Interface...
  • Page 825 Additional Service Call Condition No. 818 Added • 5-33 Corrected Information • 5-61 Updated Information • 1-4 (Fax Option Section) Additional Information Added CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     CONTROL NO 129ABW Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 826 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev. 04/2002 B003/B004/B006/B007 TABLE OF CONTENTS INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 1. INSTALLATION PROCEDURE........... 1-1 1.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS ............1-1 1.1.1 ENVIRONMENT ................1-2 1.1.2 MACHINE LEVEL ................1-2 1.1.3 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS..........1-3 1.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS ..............1-3 1.1.5 INSTALLABLE OPTION TABLE ............1.4 1.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART ..............1-5...
  • Page 827 3.9.8 SCANNER MOTOR................3-15 3.9.9 LAMP STABILIZER AND SCANNER MOTOR DRIVE BOARD ..3-16 3.9.10 SCANNER WIRE................3-17 3.10 LASER UNIT ..................3-21 3.10.1 CAUTION DECAL LOCATIONS ...........3-21 3.10.2 LASER UNIT ................3-22 3.10.3 POLYGON MIRROR MOTOR ............3-23 3.10.4 LASER SYNCHRONIZATION DETECTOR........3-24 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 828 3. Be sure to ground the machine. 1. Input voltage level: North America 120 V, 60 Hz: More than 12 A Europe/Asia 220V~240V, 50Hz/60Hz: more than 8A 2. Permissible voltage fluctuation: ±10 % 3. Never set anything on the power cord. B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

  • Page 829: System Options

    1.1.5 INSTALLABLE OPTION TABLE System Options ~ ~ ~ ~ = Standard, } = Available, ² = Requires another option, X = Not available Option B003/B004 B006/B007 Notes ARDF – DF70 Paper Tray Unit - PS360 Console (Cabinet) FAC 18 One Bin Tray –...
  • Page 830 Otherwise, the key counter assembly may come off easily. ⇒ 11. Set “User Tools”, “System Settings”, “Key Operator Tools”, and “Key Counter Management” to restrict access to each available function mode. B003/B004/B006/B007 1-52 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 831 OPTIONAL USER ACCOUNT ENHANCEMENT UNIT ⇒ 1.15 OPTIONAL USER ACCOUNT ENHANCEMENT UNIT 1. Remove the controller PCB. 2. Install the user account enhancement unit (NVRAM) into IC 10 socket on the controller PCB. 3. Re-install the controller PCB. 1-57 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 832 The network interface board returned an error during the self-diagnostic test. Self-diagnostic Error: NVRAM NVRAM damaged or abnormal Backup battery has discharged The resident non-volatile RAM returned NVRAM socket damaged an error during the self-diagnostic test. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-12 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 833 A bad sector occurred during operation Startup without HD data lead of the HD Data stored on the hard disk is not read correctly. 4-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 834 3 s after starting. SIB defective Software write parameter setting error Software defective An unstable area at the storage destination in the settings table is set NULL for the parameter received by the write module. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 835 PCB targeted for the download and prevent subsequent downloading. If this problem occurs, the damaged PCB must be replaced. 4-15 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 836 Network Transport Sets the transport protocol of print server for the Protocol of Print Server network. Setting (NetWare) 0001h: TCP & IPX 0100h: TCP& IPX (Priority: IPX) 0102h: TCP Only (Priority: TCP) 0001h: IPX Only 5-33 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 837 • Do the laser beam pitch adjustment (SP2-109). • Do the printer and scanner registration and magnification adjustments 3.21 Replacement and Adjustment, “Copy Adjustments”). • Do the touch screen calibration ( 3.21.4 Replacement and Adjustment, “touch screen calibration”). 5-61 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 838 6. Attach the edge clamp [E] to the bottom of the expansion box, then clamp the FCU harness [D]. ⇒ 7. Machine Codes B003 and B004: Attach the Fax Function DIMM to slot 1 (CN7) on the controller board. Machine Codes B006 and B007: You don’t have to attach the Fax Function DIMM to the controller board.
  • Page 839 1 set of replacement pages. PAGES: ⇒ The new areas have been highlighted by an arrow • 4-15 through 20 Updated Information (Firmware Modifications) CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  CONTROL NO. 133ABW Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 840 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 05/2002 4.6.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 PRINTER MODIFICATION HISTORY ⇒ DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3615902 A 1.34 Firmware modified to correct the following: B3615902 B 1.35 1. The machine could not be used with Axis print servers.
  • Page 841 (see FPR reply #OTS- 01-2651 of #RE01060006 for details). Change in Specification: 1. Supports the Status Readback function of the PCL5e. 2. Added symbol sets PC-858, Latin 9 and Roman 9 for display of the EURO currency symbol. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 842 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 05/2002 ⇒ 4.6.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 SCANNER MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3615901 C 2.05 Firmware modified to correct the following: B3615901 D 2.07 1. The mainframe stalls if it receives the command to store a document while in the process of deleting another document.
  • Page 843 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 05/2002 ⇒ 4.6.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 NCS (NIB) MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production G0585921 C 1.61 Firmware modified to correct the following: G0585921 D 1.66 1. After a communication failure breaks the connection...
  • Page 844 Change in Specification: 1. Two or more print queues can be attached to a single printer object (for further details, refer to TechMail RC010430). 2. TCP Ports 11021 and 11023 (Design use) have been closed. 4-19 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 845 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 05/2002 ⇒ 4.6.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 NFA MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (NETFILE) LEVEL VERSION First mass production G0585922 C 1.42.02 When the machine sends 2 or more files to the Document G0585922 D 1.42.04...
  • Page 846 OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM G0652321 Front Arm – Charge Unit G0652326 Rear Arm – Charge Unit AA063648 Pressure Spring Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     CONTROL NO 136ABW Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 847 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Tech Service Bulletin No B003/B004/B006/B007 – 011 Page 2 of 2 UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the Serial Numbers listed below will have the new style Cleaning Pad installed during production MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER...
  • Page 848 2. When making service visits for units with the Mylar Kit installed, clean any paper dust that has accumulated on the Upper Entrance Guide or paper transport area. Upper Entrance Guide Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved. CONTROL NO. 140ABW...
  • Page 849 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 012 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 2 GENERAL: The following part update is being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM A2829004 Mylar Kit – Paper Dust Cleaning 37 * * Denotes new item number.
  • Page 850 1 set of replacement pages. PAGES: ⇒ The revised areas have been highlighted by an arrow • 4-44 Updated Information • 4-45 Updated Information CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CONTROL NO. 141ABW     Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 851 The ID sensor measures the density of pattern [B], and Vsdp, the output voltage, is compared with Vsg which was read from the bare drum at the same time. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-44 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 852 Default: -1480+50 V Default: -1480 V B004D507.WMF For example, with the default settings, if the paper width fed from the by-pass tray is 200 mm, the charge roller voltage will be –1630 + 50 V. 6-45 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 853 1 set of replacement pages. PAGES: ⇒ The revised areas have been highlighted by an arrow • viii Table of Contents • 6-86 New Information (Language Modification History) CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 854 6.16.3 AUTO OFF MODE ...................6-83 ENTERING OFF STAND-BY AND OFF MODES ..........6-83 OFF STAND-BY MODE.................6-83 OFF MODE ....................6-83 RETURNING TO STAND-BY MODE.............6-83 6.17 SOFTWARE HISTORY ..................6-84 6.17.1 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ........6-84 6.17.2 LANGUAGE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY......6-86 B003/B004/B006/B007 viii CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 855 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 07/2002 ⇒ 6.17.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045220 A 2.06 Add Traditional Chinese (for Taiwan version). B0045220 B 2.10 Add Simplified Chinese (for China version) B0045220 C 2.15...
  • Page 856 RICOH – AFICIO 1035/1045/1035P/1045P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: PARTS CATALOG UPDATES GENERAL: The following parts updates are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. • UPDATE 1: Ball Bearing – The Ball Bearing has been changed due to parts standardization.
  • Page 857 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 6 UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the Serial Numbers listed below will have the new style Receptacle – Charge Roller installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER...
  • Page 858 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 3 of 6 • UPDATE 5 Operation Panel Ass’y – Add item #28 to the illustration. Add item #29 to the illustration and the information below to the list.
  • Page 859 DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER • Duplex Unit 1– Add item #25 to the illustration and the following information to UPDATE 8 the list (newly registered part). Page 51 Continued… Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 Page 5 of 6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 860 Drive Section 1 (B003/B004/B006/B007): Page 57 REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM AA043551 Timing Belt–B50S3M213UG (B003/B006) AA043569 Timing Belt – B50S3M228 (B004/B007) DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER Continued… Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 Page 6 of 6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 861 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA • Decal and Document – Add the following information to the list (newly UPDATE 12 registered part). Page 83 REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM B0041383 Decal – Power Off - Exp DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER •...
  • Page 862 RICOH – AFICIO 1035/1045/1035P/1045P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: PARTS CATALOG UPDATES GENERAL: The following parts updates are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. • UPDATE 1: Ball Bearing – The Ball Bearing has been changed due to parts standardization REFERENCE OLD PART NO.
  • Page 863 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 Reissue CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 6 UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the Serial Numbers listed below will have the new style Receptacle – Charge Roller installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER...
  • Page 864 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 Reissue CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 3 of 6 • UPDATE 5 Operation Panel Ass’y –, ADD Item #28 to the illustration. ADD Item #29 to the illustration and the information below to the list.
  • Page 865 (newly registered part). Page 25 REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM A2326002 By-pass Feed Unit DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER Continued… Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 015 Reissue Page 5 of 6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 866 PAGE ITEM AW020056 AW010048 Photosensor – GP2A28N1 Continued… Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 Reissue Page 6 of 6 • Drive Section 1 –, Correct the following P/N and description UPDATE 11 ADD i d #28 t th ill t ti CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 867 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Drive Section 1 (B003/B004/B006/B007): Page 57 REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM AA043551 Timing Belt–B50S3M213UG (B003/B006) AA043569 Timing Belt – B50S3M228 (B004/B007) DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER • Decal and Document –, Add the following information to the list (newly UPDATE 12 registered part).
  • Page 868 RICOH – AFICIO 1035/1045/1035P/1045P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: PARTS CATALOG UPDATES GENERAL: The following parts updates are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. • UPDATE 1: Ball Bearing – The Ball Bearing has been changed due to parts standardization REFERENCE OLD PART NO.
  • Page 869 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 Reissue CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 6 UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the Serial Numbers listed below will have the new style Receptacle – Charge Roller installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER...
  • Page 870 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 Reissue CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 3 of 6 • UPDATE 5 Operation Panel Ass’y –, ADD Item #28 to the illustration. ADD Item #29 to the illustration and the information below to the list.
  • Page 871 (newly registered part). Page 25 REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM A2326002 By-pass Feed Unit DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER Continued… Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 015 Reissue Page 5 of 6 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 872 PAGE ITEM AW020056 AW010048 Photosensor – GP2A28N1 Continued… Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 Reissue Page 6 of 6 • Drive Section 1 –, Correct the following P/N and description UPDATE 11 ADD i d #28 t th ill t ti CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 873 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Drive Section 1 (B003/B004/B006/B007): Page 57 REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM AA043551 Timing Belt–B50S3M213UG (B003/B006) AA043569 Timing Belt – B50S3M228 (B004/B007) DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER • Decal and Document –, Add the following information to the list (newly UPDATE 12 registered part).
  • Page 874 RICOH – AFICIO 1035/1045/1035P/1045P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: PARTS CATALOG UPDATES GENERAL: The following parts updates are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. • UPDATE 1: Ball Bearing – The Ball Bearing has been changed due to parts standardization.
  • Page 875 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the Serial Numbers listed below will have the new style Charge Roller Receptacle installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER Gestetner 3502...
  • Page 876 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA • UPDATE 5: Operation Panel Ass’y – Add Items #28 and #31 to the illustration and the part number information below to the part’s list. Operation Panel Ass’y (B003/B004/B006/B007): Page 17...
  • Page 877 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA • UPDATE 6: Scanner Frame Ass’y – Add the Scanner Frame Assembly (Item #44) to the illustration and the part number information below to the part’s list. REFERENCE NEW PART NUMBER...
  • Page 878 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA • UPDATE 8: Duplex Unit 1 – Add the Duplex Unit (Item #25) to the illustration and the part number information below to the part’s list. REFERENCE NEW PART NUMBER...
  • Page 879 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA • UPDATE 11: Timing Belt – Correct the Timing Belt description for the B003/B006 and the B004/B007. Drive Section 1 (B003/B004/B006/B007): Page 57 REFERENCE NEW PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE...
  • Page 880 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 015 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA • UPDATE 13: Hot Roller – The Hot Roller has been changed due to parts standardization. Visual differences: The old roller (left) contains grooves on the fusing knob end.
  • Page 881 1. A roller has been added to apply pressure against the clutch. 2. A Pressure Plate was also added. C: The material of the Bushing has been changed. Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     Copyright 2003 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 882 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 016 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 4 REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM AA140660 AA140753 Feed Shaft A2326061 G0656801 Tightener Bracket A2326057 G0656800 Bracket-by-pass Feed Drive A2326065 G0656802 Rail By-pass Feed GA080002 Bushing –...
  • Page 883 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 016 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 3 of 4 Attach the Driven Roller [A] to the Pressure Plate [B], then peel off the outer layers of the double-sided tape (2 places) on the Pressure Plate.
  • Page 884 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 016 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 4 of 4 UNITS AFFECTED: All B003 copiers manufactured after the Serial Numbers listed below will have the new style Feed Shaft and Tightener Bracket installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER...
  • Page 885 Updated Information (B361/B362 Firmware History) The service manual pages listed below are a new section (Firmware History) and must be added to the B003/B004/B006/B007 Service Manual with the pages supplied. Each bulletin package contains 1 set of replacement pages. •...
  • Page 886 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY A683 INSTALLATION B361/B362 INSTALLATION B360 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE B003/B004/B006/B007 PAPER TRAY UNIT A862 TROUBLESHOOTING B361/B362 TROUBLESHOOTING B360 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT B003/B004/B006/B007 BRIDGE UNIT A688/B397 SERVICE TABLES B361/B362 SERVICE TABLES B360 TROUBLESHOOTING B003/B004/B006/B007 1 BIN TRAY B376 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS B361/B360...
  • Page 887 RETURN TO STAND-BY MODE ..............6-82 6.16.3 AUTO OFF MODE ...................6-83 ENTERING OFF STAND-BY AND OFF MODES ..........6-83 OFF STAND-BY MODE.................6-83 OFF MODE ....................6-83 RETURNING TO STAND-BY MODE.............6-83 SPECIFICATONS 7. SPECIFICATIONS................ 7-1 7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS..............7-1 7.2 MACHINE CONFIGURATION ..............7-3 B003/B004/B006/B007 viii CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 888 7.3 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT ................7-5 FIRMWARE HISTORY 8. FIRMWARE HISTORY ..............8-1 8.1 FIRMWARE HISTORY ................8-1 8.1.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE (BICU) FIRMWARE HISTORY ....8-1 8.1.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY....8-3 8.1.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MOD HISTORY ..8-4 8.1.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 LCDC SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ..8-8 8.1.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 STAMP SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY..8-9...
  • Page 889 4.2.1 PAPER FEED, SEPARATION, AND PICK-UP ROLLERS .....9-11 Pick-up Roller ..................9-11 Paper Feed Roller................9-11 Separation Roller ................9-11 4.3 TRAY LIFT AND PAPER END SENSOR REPLACEMENT.....9-12 Tray Lift Sensor ..................9-12 Paper End Sensor ................9-12 4.4 RELAY SENSOR REPLACEMENT............9-13 4.5 SIDE FENCE POSITION CHANGE............9-14 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 890 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6 SOFTWARE HISTORY 4.6.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 PRINTER MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3615902 A 1.34 Firmware modified to correct the following: B3615902 B 1.35 1. The machine could not be used with Axis print servers.
  • Page 891 The “XL ERROR” occurs when specifying symbol sets SETvmath (6M), SETvint (13J) and SETvus (14J) -- which are not supported in PCLXL. Change in Specification: PCL6: Added symbol sets PC-858, Latin 9 and Roman 9 for display of the Euro currency symbol. 4-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 892 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 SCANNER MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3615901 C 2.05 Firmware modified to correct the following: B3615901 D 2.07 1. The mainframe stalls if it receives the command to store a document while in the process of deleting another document.
  • Page 893 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 NCS (NIB) MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production G0585921 C 1.61 Firmware modified to correct the following: G0585921 D 1.66 1. After a communication failure breaks the connection...
  • Page 894 Change in Specification: 1. Two or more print queues can be attached to a single printer object (for further details, refer to TechMail RC010430). 2. TCP Ports 11021 and 11023 (Design use) have been closed. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 895 Feb.12, 2002 has been tested using the PROTOS c06- snmpv1 test suite and we have verified the fixes. -CERT: http://www.cert.org/advisories/CA-2002- 03.html -PROTOS c06-snmpv1 test suite http://www.ee.oulu.fi/research/ouspg/protos/testing/c06/snmp 2. Some reserved (unused) TCP ports that were open have been closed, e.g. FTP. 4-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 896 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 NFA MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (NETFILE) LEVEL VERSION First mass production G0585922 C 1.42.02 When the machine sends 2 or more files to the Document G0585922 D 1.42.04...
  • Page 897 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 PS3 MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (PS3) LEVEL VERSION First mass production G5775906 B 1.00 1. With print jobs containing mixed duplex/simplex pages, G5775906 C 1.03 the job comes out either all simplex or all duplex.
  • Page 898 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE HISTORY CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 899 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 900 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 8. FIRMWARE HISTORY 8.1 FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY 8.1.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE (BICU) FIRMWARE HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045112 C 2.15.04...
  • Page 901 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Blank page of a Following a book scan job at 25-44% B0045112 G 2.20 DF job reduction, the first page of a (100%) DF job is printed out as a blank page.
  • Page 902 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 8.1.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045220 A 2.06 Add Traditional Chinese (for Taiwan version). B0045220 B 2.10...
  • Page 903 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 8.1.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION ⇒ HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045102 D 3.05 Corrects the following: SC820 B0045102 E 3.06...
  • Page 904 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION The SP modes for HDD initialization (SP4911- SP4911 moved B0045102 G 3.08.4 ***) have been moved to SSP.
  • Page 905 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION The “Can’t allocate info” error message “Can’t allocate B0045102 H 3.08.5 sometimes appears when connected to a info” error network.
  • Page 906 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION Program added for Korean language display Add Korean B0045102 N 5.22 (with the addition of the Korea model).
  • Page 907 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 8.1.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 LCDC SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 LCDC SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045211 A 2.05 Corrected displays in French that had been...
  • Page 908 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 8.1.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 STAMP SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 STAMP SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045104 1.04 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 909 Updated Information (B361/B362 Firmware History) The service manual pages listed below are a new section (Firmware History) and must be added to the B003/B004/B006/B007 Service Manual with the pages supplied. Each bulletin package contains 1 set of replacement pages. •...
  • Page 910 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY A683 INSTALLATION B361/B362 INSTALLATION B360 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE B003/B004/B006/B007 PAPER TRAY UNIT A862 TROUBLESHOOTING B361/B362 TROUBLESHOOTING B360 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT B003/B004/B006/B007 BRIDGE UNIT A688/B397 SERVICE TABLES B361/B362 SERVICE TABLES B360 TROUBLESHOOTING B003/B004/B006/B007 1 BIN TRAY B376 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS B361/B360...
  • Page 911 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 912 RETURN TO STAND-BY MODE ..............6-82 6.16.3 AUTO OFF MODE ...................6-83 ENTERING OFF STAND-BY AND OFF MODES ..........6-83 OFF STAND-BY MODE.................6-83 OFF MODE ....................6-83 RETURNING TO STAND-BY MODE.............6-83 SPECIFICATONS 7. SPECIFICATIONS................ 7-1 7.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS..............7-1 7.2 MACHINE CONFIGURATION ..............7-3 B003/B004/B006/B007 viii CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 913 4.4.1 PICK AND SEPARATION...............8-19 4.4.2 ORIGINAL SKEW CORRECTION ..........8-20 4.4.3 REDUCING THE INTERVAL BETWEEN PAGES ......8-20 4.5 ORIGINAL TRANSPORT AND EXIT............8-21 4.5.1 SINGLE-SIDED ORIGINALS............8-21 4.5.2 DOUBLE-SIDED ORIGINALS ............8-22 4.6 STAMP ....................8-23 4.7 DF70 SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY……………………………8-24 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 914 4.2.1 PAPER FEED, SEPARATION, AND PICK-UP ROLLERS .....9-11 Pick-up Roller ..................9-11 Paper Feed Roller................9-11 Separation Roller ................9-11 4.3 TRAY LIFT AND PAPER END SENSOR REPLACEMENT.....9-12 Tray Lift Sensor ..................9-12 Paper End Sensor ................9-12 4.4 RELAY SENSOR REPLACEMENT............9-13 4.5 SIDE FENCE POSITION CHANGE............9-14 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 915 5.1.3 LEDS ..................... FIRMWARE HISTORY 1. FIRMWARE HISTORY ............... 16-1 1.1 FIRMWARE HISTORY ................16-1 1.1.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE (BICU) FIRMWARE HISTORY ....16-1 1.1.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY....16-3 1.1.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MOD HISTORY ..16-4 1.1.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 LCDC SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY ..16-8 1.1.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 STAMP SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY 16-9...
  • Page 916 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6 SOFTWARE HISTORY 4.6.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 PRINTER MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3615902 A 1.34 Firmware modified to correct the following: B3615902 B 1.35 1. The machine could not be used with Axis print servers.
  • Page 917 The “XL ERROR” occurs when specifying symbol sets SETvmath (6M), SETvint (13J) and SETvus (14J) -- which are not supported in PCLXL. Change in Specification: PCL6: Added symbol sets PC-858, Latin 9 and Roman 9 for display of the Euro currency symbol. 4-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 918 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 SCANNER MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B3615901 C 2.05 Firmware modified to correct the following: B3615901 D 2.07 1. The mainframe stalls if it receives the command to store a document while in the process of deleting another document.
  • Page 919 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 NCS (NIB) MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production G0585921 C 1.61 Firmware modified to correct the following: G0585921 D 1.66 1. After a communication failure breaks the connection...
  • Page 920 Change in Specification: 1. Two or more print queues can be attached to a single printer object (for further details, refer to TechMail RC010430). 2. TCP Ports 11021 and 11023 (Design use) have been closed. B003/B004/B006/B007 4-16 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 921 Feb.12, 2002 has been tested using the PROTOS c06- snmpv1 test suite and we have verified the fixes. -CERT: http://www.cert.org/advisories/CA-2002- 03.html -PROTOS c06-snmpv1 test suite http://www.ee.oulu.fi/research/ouspg/protos/testing/c06/snmp 2. Some reserved (unused) TCP ports that were open have been closed, e.g. FTP. 4-17 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 922 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 NFA MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (NETFILE) LEVEL VERSION First mass production G0585922 C 1.42.02 When the machine sends 2 or more files to the Document G0585922 D 1.42.04...
  • Page 923 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA SOFTWARE HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 4.6.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 PS3 MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (PS3) LEVEL VERSION First mass production G5775906 B 1.00 1. With print jobs containing mixed duplex/simplex pages, G5775906 C 1.03 the job comes out either all simplex or all duplex.
  • Page 924 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE HISTORY CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 925 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 926 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 1. FIRMWARE HISTORY 1.1 FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY 1.1.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE (BICU) FIRMWARE HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045112 C 2.15.04...
  • Page 927 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Blank page of a Following a book scan job at 25-44% B0045112 G 2.20 DF job reduction, the first page of a (100%) DF job is printed out as a blank page.
  • Page 928 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 1.1.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045220 A 2.06 Add Traditional Chinese (for Taiwan version). B0045220 B 2.10...
  • Page 929 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 1.1.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION ⇒ HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045102 D 3.05 Corrects the following: SC820 B0045102 E 3.06...
  • Page 930 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION The SP modes for HDD initialization (SP4911- SP4911 moved B0045102 G 3.08.4 ***) have been moved to SSP.
  • Page 931 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION The “Can’t allocate info” error message “Can’t allocate B0045102 H 3.08.5 sometimes appears when connected to a info” error network.
  • Page 932 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION Program added for Korean language display Add Korean B0045102 N 5.22 (with the addition of the Korea model).
  • Page 933 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 1.1.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 LCDC SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 LCDC SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045211 A 2.05 Corrected displays in French that had been...
  • Page 934 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 09/2002 ⇒ 1.1.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 STAMP SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY B003/B004/B006/B007 STAMP SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION First mass production B0045104 1.04 16-9 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 935 Updated Information (Memory All Clear: SP5-801) • 6-45 Updated Information (Correction for paper width) • 6-75 Updated Information (Fusing Unit- Overview) • 6-80 Updated Information (Overheat Protection) • Updated Information (Power Consumption) CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 936 0: Off (disable), 1: On (enable) To reset the machine to 0, the machine must be turned off and on again. Selecting 0 for this option without cycling the power off and on does not restore the default setting (0). B003/B004/B006/B007 5-34 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 937 Rev. 08/2003 To set the plug and play model name, enter the model number, and then press 5914* Application Counter Selects whether or not the total printer counter is Display displayed in the UP mode. 0: Off , 1: On 5915 Mechanical Counter Checks whether the mechanical counter inside...
  • Page 938 • Do the laser beam pitch adjustment (SP2-109). • Do the printer and scanner registration and magnification adjustments 3.21 Replacement and Adjustment, “Copy Adjustments”). • Do the touch screen calibration ( 3.21.4 Replacement and Adjustment, “touch screen calibration”). 5-61 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 939 Default: -1480+50 V Default: -1480 V B004D507.WMF For example, with the default settings, if the paper width fed from the by-pass tray ⇒ is 200 mm, the charge roller voltage will be –1480 V + 50 V. 6-45 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 940 5 Fusing unit exit sensor 14 Thermistors (central/end) ⇒ 6 Spring 15 Thermostat (central/end) 7 Fusing exit guide plate 16 Hot roller 8 Pressure roller 17 Hot roller strippers 9 Pressure arm 18 Exit roller 6-75 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 941 If the temperature of the thermostat ⇒ reaches 180°C, the thermostat opens, removing power from the fusing lamp. At the same time, the copier stops operating. At this time, SC542 Fusing Temperature Warm-up Error will be displayed. B003/B004/B06/B007 6-80 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 942 NOTE: The following notations are used to describe the paper feed direction Lengthwise (L) Sideways (S) B004V501.WMF Power Consumption Mainframe only ⇒ Model -B003 & B006 Model -B004 & B007 Copying Less than 1.2 kW Less than 1.2 kW Warm-up Less than 1.25 kW Less than 1.25 kW...
  • Page 943 Step 4) Reinsert the inner cap in the bottle and then install the bottle in the machine.  Please insure your customers are aware of this condition and follow the above guidelines. CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 944 1 set of replacement pages. PAGES: ⇒ The revised areas have been highlighted by an arrow • B360 3-13 and 14 Updated Information (B360 - System Switch 4) CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 945 However, the bit can be left at 0 if the customer’s key-operators wish to transfer the files themselves (this machine does not support confidential rx). Continued… 3-13 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 946 0: RTI > CSI > Dial label > Tel. instead of RTI or CSI. number 1: Dial label > Tel. number > RTI Dial Label: The name stored, by the user, for the > CSI Quick/Speed Dial number. B003/B004/B006/B007 3-14 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 947 The Service Manual pages listed below must be replaced with the pages supplied. Each bulletin package contains 1 set of replacement pages. PAGES: ⇒ The revised areas have been highlighted by an arrow • 3-73 Updated Information (Hard Disk/Controller Board) CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 948 4. Remove the NVRAM from the old Controller Board and install it on the new board. B004R104.WMF 5. HDD unit bracket [C] ( 6. HDD unit [D] ( NOTE: Work carefully to avoid dropping or hitting the HDD. B004R971.WMF 3-73 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 949 Must be installed as a set on units manufactured prior to the S/N cut-in. On units manufactured after the S/N cut-in or previously modified, use the new part numbers individually. CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 950 All machines not exhibiting this symptom can use the original development roller assembly (B0043100). UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the serial numbers listed below will have the new style Development Roller Assembly installed during production. MODEL NAME...
  • Page 951 The following parts have been modified to ensure that the separation roller and feed roller separate from one another when the tray is pulled out, preventing any damage to the paper. The following part corrections are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. Changes: •...
  • Page 952 AA083014 One-way Clutch G0652767 Lever - Feed DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the serial numbers listed below will have the updated parts installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER Gestetner 3502 H7026200472 Savin 2535...
  • Page 953 The following parts have been modified to ensure that the separation roller and feed roller separate from one another when the tray is pulled out, preventing any damage to the paper. The following part corrections are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. Changes: •...
  • Page 954 AA083014 One-way Clutch G0652767 Lever - Feed DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the serial numbers listed below will have the updated parts installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER Gestetner 3502 H7026200472 Savin 2535...
  • Page 955 The Service Manual pages listed below must be replaced with the pages supplied. Each bulletin package contains 1 set of replacement pages. ⇒ The revised areas have been highlighted by an arrow PAGES: • 5-32 Updated Information CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2002 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 956 Use this to input the telephone number of the service representative. This number is displayed when a service call condition occurs. Press the key to input a pause. Press the “Clear modes” key to delete the telephone number. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-32 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 957 The scanner arm assembly (B0821380) is now available as a service part and has been reinforce by changing the guide plate, supporting plate, and the scanner arm unit. Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     Copyright 2003 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 958 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 025 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 4 ADF Position Adjustment: 1. Remove the screw [A] that secures the Right ADF hinge to the scanner. 2. Remove the black seal [B] from the right ADF hinge.
  • Page 959 1. Remove the scanner unit (Refer to B003/B004/B006/B007 Service Manual page 1-23). 2. Remove the scanner stand arm assembly (Refer to B003/B004/B006/B007 Service Manual page 1-27). 3. Replace the scanner stand arm assembly with the modified scanner arm assembly (B0821380).
  • Page 960 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 025 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 4 of 4 UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the serial numbers listed below will have the new scanner arm assembly installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER...
  • Page 961 2. An External Scanner Support Bracket Kit is now also available. Part Number B0049902 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Copyright  2004 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved. Page 1 of 6...
  • Page 962 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 025 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA ADF Position Adjustment: 1. Remove the screw [A] that secures the Right ADF hinge to the scanner. 2. Remove the black seal [B] from the right ADF hinge. 3. Insert the screw [A] into the slotted hole, but do not tighten it yet.
  • Page 963 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 025 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Scanner Support Bracket Installation For SR760 1. Remove the Front Joint Bracket. 2. Install the 2 Spacers as shown at the right and reinstall the Front Joint Bracket (2 screws).
  • Page 964 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 025 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Scanner Support Bracket Scanner Support Bracket Kit Contents KIT PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION B0049902 Scanner Support Bracket Spacers Screws M4x14 Screws M3x14 UNITS AFFECTED: The Scanner Support Bracket Kit is only available as a service part.
  • Page 965 1. Remove the scanner unit (Refer to B003/B004/B006/B007 Service Manual page 1-23). 2. Remove the scanner stand arm assembly (Refer to B003/B004/B006/B007 Service Manual page 1-27). 3. Replace the scanner stand arm assembly with the modified scanner arm assembly (B0821380).
  • Page 966 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 025 REISSUE CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the serial numbers listed below will have the new scanner arm assembly installed during production. MODEL NAME SERIAL NUMBER Gestetner 3502 H7026600580...
  • Page 967 The Service Manual pages listed below must be replaced with the pages supplied. Each bulletin package contains 1 set of replacement pages. PAGES: ⇒ The revised areas have been highlighted by an arrow • 16-7 Updated Information (Controller Software Modification History) CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2003 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 968 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY Rev. 01/2003 B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION Title FIRMWARE FIRMWARE LEVEL VERSION Program added for Korean language display Add Korean 5.22 B0045102 N (with the addition of the Korea model). language...
  • Page 969 A check will be added during assembly to confirm the mylars are attached properly. The mylars (A2323243) will also be made available as a service part. UNITS AFFECTED: All B003/B004/B006/B007 copiers manufactured after the serial numbers listed below will have the mylars checked during production. MODEL NAME...
  • Page 970 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 027 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 2 GENERAL: The following parts updates are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. REFERENCE NEW PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION PAGE ITEM A2323243 Mylar DENOTES NEW ITEM NUMBER...
  • Page 971 HP/GL2 data to increase speed. - The status flag for the bold selection command is refreshed when it is selected for HP/GL2 data..continued Continued… CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     Copyright 2003 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 972 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 028 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Page 2 of 2 B003/B004/B006/B007 PRINTER FIRMWARE MODIFICATION FIRMWARE SERIAL FIRMWARE DESCRIPTION OF MODIFICATION LEVEL NUMBER VERSION B3615902 K Firmware modified to correct the following: Dec. ‘02 Ver. 3.10 1. Response to PJL INFO CONFIG command production does not include serial number.
  • Page 973 Be sure to check the README file for important notes and explanations. NOTE: Refer to Facts Line Bulletin # FL002 and Publication Bulletin #023 for more information about the FTP Internet Web Site and EPROM/Flash Card Exchange program. B003/B004/B006/B007 NCS (NIB) FIRMWARE MODIFICATION FIRMWARE SERIAL FIRMWARE...
  • Page 974 7. PS print file is printed as text. G5775906 F Nov. ‘02 1.07 The following items have been corrected: production Slow Printing from AutoCAD. CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA     Copyright 2003 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 975 • 5-29 Updated Information (SP 5104) • 5-30 Updated Information (SP 5150) • 5-35 - 37 New Information (SP 5962) • 5-56 Updated Information (SMC Print Out Lists: SP5-990) CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2003 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 976 Test Chart – S5S (10 pcs/Set) G0219350 Parallel Loopback Connector 3.2.2 LUBRICANTS Part Number Description Q’ty A2579300 Grease Barrierta S552R ⇒ 52039502 Silicone Grease G-501 3.2.3 SYMBOLS USED IN TEXT Screw: Connector: C-clamp (snap ring): E-clamp: B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 977 The total counter is not affected by this SP mode. 5127* APS Mode Selects whether the APS function is enabled or disabled with the contact of a pre-paid card or coin lock. 0: Enabled, 1: Disabled 5-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 978 Example: For Japan (+9 GMT), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.) 5501* PM Alarm Interval Sets the PM alarm interval. [0~255 / 0 / 1 step] 0: Alarm off 1~255: Alarm goes off when ≥ Value (1~255) x 1000 PM counter B003/B004/B006/B007 5-30 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 979 With “2” (Europe) selected for SP5131, the ADF can select 16-kai LEF. With SP5962 set for “0” (Off), the nearest size is detected as shown below. Size Loaded Size Detected 16-kai SEF B5 SEF 16-kai LEF B5 LEF 8-kai SEF B4 LEF 5-35 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 980 This is a general free run controlled from the copier. For more detailed free run modes, see the ARDF manual. 6010* DF Stamp Position Adjusts the horizontal position of the stamp on the Adjustment scanned originals. [–7~+7 / 0 / 0.5 mm steps] B003/B004/B006/B007 5-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 981 2-Holes 2-hole punches for Japan, North America, Europe, and 4-hole punches for Northern Europe. 3-Holes 3-hole punches for North America, and 4-hole punches for Europe. 6902* Fold Position Adjustment Japan Only 5-37 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 982 3. Select “Single Face” or “Both Faces.” 4. After printing the list, press “Close” to return to the SP mode display. 5. Press Exit twice to close the SP Mode screen and return to copy mode. B003/B004/B006/B007 5-56 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 983 SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: CHARGE ROLLER TERMINALS GENERAL: The following have been changed to further ensure proper contact of the Charge Roller terminals. The following parts updates are being issued for all B003 Parts Catalogs. REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO.
  • Page 984 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 032 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA UNITS AFFECTED: All B003 copiers manufactured after the serial numbers listed below will have the new style Snap Ring, Rear Terminal – Charge Roller, Front Terminal – Charge Roller, Receptacle – Charge Roller installed during production.
  • Page 985 Updated Information (Firmware History removed from Tab Positions) • Remove pages 16-1 through 16-9 from the B004 Service Manual. The “Firmware History Section” in the B004 Service Manual has been replaced by the B003/B004/B006/B007 Firmware History document released on 10/14/2003. CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA ...
  • Page 986 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA Rev10/2003 5. SERVICE TABLES..............15-27 5.1 DIP SWITCHES/VRIABLE RESISTORS/LEDS........15-27 5.1.1 DIP SWITCHES................15-27 5.1.2 VARIABLE RESISTORS ..............15-28 5.1.3 LEDS ....................15-29 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 987 5.1.2 VARIABLE RESISTORS..................15-28 5.1.3 LEDS........................15-29 FIRMWARE HISTORY (DELETED) 1. FIRMWARE HISTORY………………………..……………………………………………………..16-1 1.1 FIRMWARE HISTORY…………………………………………………………………………..16-1 1.1.1 B003/B004/B006/B007 ENGINE (BICU) FIRMWARE HISTORY…………………….16-1 1.1.2 B003/B004/B006/B007 LANGUAGE MODIFICATION HISTORY……………………16-3 1.1.3 B003/B004/B006/B007 CONTROLLER MODIFICATION HISTORY………………...16-4 1.1.4 B003/B004/B006/B007 KCDC SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY...……..…..16-5 1.1.5 B003/B004/B006/B007 STAMP SOFTWARE MODIFICATION HISTORY...……..16-9 B003/B004/B006/B007 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 988 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY A683 INSTALLATION B361/B362 INSTALLATION B360 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE B003/B004/B006/B007 PAPER TRAY UNIT A862 TROUBLESHOOTING B361/B362 TROUBLESHOOTING B360 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT B003/B004/B006/B007 BRIDGE UNIT A688/B397 SERVICE TABLES B361/B362 SERVICE TABLES B360 TROUBLESHOOTING B003/B004/B006/B007 1 BIN TRAY B376 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS B361/B360...
  • Page 989 LARGE CAPACITY TRAY A683 INSTALLATION B361/B362 INSTALLATION B360 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE B003/B004/B006/B007 PAPER TRAY UNIT A862 TROUBLESHOOTING B361/B362 TROUBLESHOOTING B360 REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT B003/B004/B006/B007 BRIDGE UNIT A688/B397 SERVICE TABLES B361/B362 SERVICE TABLES B360 TROUBLESHOOTING B003/B004/B006/B007 1 BIN TRAY B376 DETAILED DESCRIPTIONS B361/B360...
  • Page 990 RICOH – AFICIO 1035/1045/1035P/1045P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: PARTS CATALOG UPDATES GENERAL: The following parts updates are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. • UPDATE 1: Fusing Exit Sensor – The following have been changed to Chromium- free components to further minimize potential impact on the environment.
  • Page 991 Tech Service Bulletin No. B003/B004/B006/B007 – 034 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA • UPDATE 2: Transfer Unit The Right Cover, already registered as an individual service part, has been removed from the “Transfer Unit” service part. Therefore new Transfer Unit below is comprised simply of the unit itself.
  • Page 992 The Service Manual pages listed below must be replaced with the pages supplied. ⇒ The revised areas have been highlighted by an arrow PAGES: • 5-36 Updated Information (Service Program Mode) CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2004 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 993 This is a general free run controlled from the copier. For more detailed free run modes, see the ARDF manual. 6010* DF Stamp Position Adjusts the horizontal position of the stamp on the Adjustment scanned originals. [–7~+7 / 0 / 0.5 mm steps] B003/B004/B006/B007 5-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 994 ⇒ The revised areas have been highlighted by an arrow PAGES: • 3-78 New Service Program 6-006-5 Rear Edge Erase • 5-36 New Service Program 6-006-5 Rear Edge Erase CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA  Copyright 2004 RICOH Corporation. All rights reserved.
  • Page 995 ±3.0 mm SP6-006-1 Side-to-Side Registration ±3.0 mm SP6-006-2 Leading Edge Registration (Simplex) ±4.2 mm SP6-006-3 Leading Edge Registration (Duplex: Front) ±4.2 mm SP6-006-4 Leading Edge Registration (Duplex: Back) ⇒ ±15 mm SP6-006-5 Rear Edge Erase B003/B004/B006/B007 3-78 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 996 This is a general free run controlled from the copier. For more detailed free run modes, see the ARDF manual. 6010* DF Stamp Position Adjusts the horizontal position of the stamp on the Adjustment scanned originals. [–7~+7 / 0 / 0.5 mm steps] B003/B004/B006/B007 5-36 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 997 RICOH – AFICIO 1035/1045/1035P/1045P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: BUSHING ITEM NUMBERS CORRECTED GENERAL: The following parts updates are being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. NOTE: Make sure only the circled numbers are corrected.All other item numbers are correct. REFERENCE PART NO.
  • Page 998 LANIER – 5635/5645/NA/NA RICOH – AFICIO 1035/1045/1035P/1045P SAVIN – 2535/2545/2535P/2545P SUBJECT: PARTS CATALOG CORRECTION – PADDLE TIMING PULLEY GENERAL: The following part information is being issued for all B003/B004/B006/B007 Parts Catalogs. REFERENCE OLD PART NO. NEW PART NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE...
  • Page 999 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA FIRMWARE HISTORY CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...
  • Page 1000 CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA CÓPIA NÃO CONTROLADA...

This manual is also suitable for:

B004B006B007

Table of Contents